|
|
Response Persistence: Token Economies, Overjustification, and Behavioral Momentum |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Cormac MacManus, M.S. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will review the effects of reinforcement history on the persistence of behavior. The first presenter will share data on the response patterns of children with autism under lean and rich token schedules and yoked tandem schedules at varying response requirements. Our second presentation will explore the effects of aggregate reward history on overjustification and behavioral persistence, and to extend to which these may be a function of stimulus-reinforcer relations. Our final presenter will share data comparing the persistence strengthening effects of a DRA procedure in which reinforcement histories are developed concurrently vs. a DRA procedure in which reinforcement histories for two responses are developed separately. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral presistence, reinforcement history, reinforcement schedules |
Target Audience: Researchers interested in the pattern of responding and persistence of behavior under different reinforcement schedules and parameters. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the effects of various schedules of the delivery and exchange of token reinforcers and tandem schedules on response patterns 2. Describe additional assessments to determine the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli from preference assessments 3. Describe the predictions of behavioral momentum theory in relation to DRA and behavioral persistence and one method for mediating these effects |
|
Effects of Token and Tandem Reinforcement Schedules on in Applied Settings |
LAURA SENN (Florida Institute of Technology), Dana M. Gadaire (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology), Yaara Shaham (The Scott Center/ Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Token economies are commonly used in educational and clinical settings as tools for reinforcing appropriate behavior as well as the absence of problem behavior. However, little applied research has been conducted to investigate the behavioral mechanisms through which token economies exert their effects. What’s more, research with non-human animals has shown that tokens may serve discriminative functions that may actually suppress responding under specific conditions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of various schedules of token delivery and exchange as well as yoked tandem schedules on response patterns in children with autism spectrum disorders. Four children ranging in age from 4 to 11 participated in the current study. We compared responding under lean and dense token delivery schedules with responding on tandem schedules at varying response requirements. Visual inspection of session to session graphs revealed variable responding within and across participants. However, aggregated response patterns revealed effects consistent with basic research on token and tandem schedules. Notably, token training was associated with increased response rates in most participants. Tokens were also found to suppress responding under some conditions (e.g., high response requirements). These findings provide further insight into the generality of basic research findings on token schedules to clinical settings. |
|
The Effects of Aggregate Reinforcement History on Overjustification and Behavioral Momentum |
ABBEY CARREAU-WEBSTER (May Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The overjustification effect remains controversial across psychological perspectives. Cognitive researchers frequently find evidence of the phenomenon (Deci, Koestner, & Ryan, 2001), whereas behavioral researchers rarely observe the effect (Cameron & Pierce, 2002). Importantly, researchers have generally employed methods of investigation common to their own field. This has occasioned consistent differences across perspectives in the rate and aggregate history of reinforcement prior to tests of overjustification. This is notable considering behavioral momentum literature indicates rate of reinforcement has a central importance in governing response persistence during disruption (such as extinction, as applied in the overjustification effect). Aggregate reward history may have similar effects, to the extent that heightened stimulus-reward associations may obtain over longer durations of stimulus-reinforcer pairings. This study examined the effects of aggregate reward history on overjustification and behavioral persistence, and the extent to which overjustification effects, like persistence, may be a function of stimulus-reinforcer relations. Results indicated that in 3 of 4 cases, longer histories of reinforcement were associated with stronger persistence values and less frequent overjustification effects, suggesting aggregate reward history may strengthen responding as it relates to these phenomena. |
|
Persistence of Responding Following Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior in Multiple Phases of Extinction |
CORMAC MACMANUS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Riley Fergus (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory research has demonstrated that DRA based interventions, while decreasing the rate of a target response (i.e., problem behavior), may in fact increase the persistence of the target response when reinforcement for the alternative response is disrupted. Previous studies have demonstrated that by training the alternative response in a context in which a target response has no history of reinforcement and then combining this context with one in which the target response has a history of reinforcement, the persistence increasing effects of DRA can be minimized when disruption occurs. The present study replicated previous findings with individuals with developmental disabilities by showing that combining stimuli associated with a rich FI schedule for an alternative response with a comparatively leaner FI schedule for a target response reduced target respond persistence compared with concurrent training of the alternative and target responses. Participants engaged in comparatively similar novel responses across three colored conditions, in which target and alternative responding was reinforced separately and concurrently. Extinction tests were used to test response persistence across the concurrent and combined stimulus conditions. The current study extends previous research by replicating this finding within participants following resumption of reinforcement phases and subsequent disruption phases. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investigating the Impact of Derived Relational Responding and the PEAK Relational Training System |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Arianna Charos (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Becky Barron, M.S. |
Abstract: The present symposium serves as investigation to the various ways in which the technology of Derived Relational Responding (DRR) and the PEAK Relational Assessment System may extend beyond the typical contexts in which it is applied and the implications for the science of behavior analysis and beyond. We will provide promising evidence supporting PEAK's use within behavior analysis and the potentially massive impacts these endeavors could have when communicating with or about other psychologies, diagnoses, and ethnicities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DRR, Intelligence, PEAK |
Target Audience: beginner-intermediate behavior analysts |
|
An Evaluation of Low Dose Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy With the Inclusion of Derived Relational Responding on Changes of Intelligence for Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Jessica M Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) therapy has one of the largest bodies of literature on effective treatment interventions for children with autism. Parents, providers, teachers, and insurance companies always have to worry about how much intervention is best, and at what cost is enough. There is limited research on the effects of ABA at various hour doses per week, although most providers will always advocate for “more is better.” The current study sought to investigate the impact of a low dose of ABA at 4 hours per week compared to a larger dose of ABA at 10 hours per week, over an 8-week period. In addition to traditional discrete trial intervention, all participants received. Children’s intelligence quotients were measured before and after intervention. Preliminary results suggest that children who received the larger dose had greater gains in intelligence, but some children who received the lower dose also made positive gains. These preliminary results suggest that ABA with relational training at a low dose may still be an effective treatment option for some children if a larger dose is not available. In addition, improvements on derived relational responding skills will also be assessed and discussed. |
|
Relational Framing to Promote Academic Achievement and Intelligence Scores in Individuals With and Without Autism |
(Applied Research) |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Over the past several decades, the number of individuals that receive an education from the public-school system has increased significantly, along with an increase in equal access regardless of disability or socioeconomic status. Despite the increased access and amount of resources afforded to the educational system, a corresponding increase in academic performance and intellectual ability has not been observed. Therefore, an empirically validated method for increasing these behaviors is necessary. The current study aimed to evaluate the effect of a set of procedures based on Relational Frame Theory on academic performance and intelligence. Experimenters obtained pre-training and post-training performances by administering Curriculum-Based Measures and WISC-V IQ tests to a control group and an intervention group. Following pre-training assessment, the intervention group was exposed to a series of relational training phases, in which the participants were required to respond in accordance with arbitrarily applicable relational responding across a series of relational tasks. Following training the participants in the intervention group showed improvement in academic performance and an increase in IQ, whereas those in the control group did not. Taken together, the results add to a growing body of literature that support the use of RFT-based interventions to promote complex behaviors. |
|
Normative Sample of the Chinese Version PEAK Relational Training System: Direct Training Module |
(Applied Research) |
ZHIHUI YI (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System is an increasingly popular assessment and treatment program among clinicians working with developmental disabilities. However to date, no research has examined to what extend the knowledge gathered can be generalized into a different language or cultural setting. The current research examined and established the normative sample of a Chinese version of the PEAK: Direct Training Module. All 184 programs were translated into Chinese. 21 programs were modified to adapt to the Chinese language setting. Programs were back-translated and verified by a PEAK expert. 310 families with typical-developing children from Beijing, China signed up for this research.
Preliminary data suggested that the PEAK total score among Chinese participants fit the score-age distribution among US populations. However, discrepancy existed between different factors. As we collect more responses, we would examine the correlation between the performance-age distribution between the Chinese population and the US population. We would provide the normative sample of the Chinese version of the PEAK: Direct Training Module and assess whether it would be appropriate to use this module to assess the behavioral skill among 2-12 years old children. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Intervention: Adjusting the Lens |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Cynthia P. Livingston (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Cynthia P. Livingston, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Both clinicians and applied researchers describe themselves as applied behavior analysts. This symposium includes three presentations that provide information and strategies that are relevant to both. The first presentation is on the use of praise in the demand condition of an FA, and examines its effect on escape as a reinforcer. The second examines a strategy to increase the range of preferred and reinforcing stimuli for children with autism. The third presents an alternative way to examine data that can both clarify results for researchers and provide useful information for clinicians. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): data analysis, escape, functional analysis, video modeling |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who work with children with disabilities including autism. |
Learning Objectives: 1. What alternatives are there to examine latency data? 2. What, if any, are the effects of video modeling on preference? 3. What effect does praise during the demand condition of an FA have on rate and establishing operations. |
|
Effects of Video Modeling on Preference and Reinforcer Value in Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder is a developmental disability characterized by social, behavioral, and communicative impairments. A primary characteristic of Autism includes restrictive and repetitive patterns of behavior. Because having few preferred items and activities can lead to educational, social, and communication barriers, it is important to identify additional preferred stimuli to incorporate into the individual’s environment. One way to identify potential reinforcers is via preference assessments. Although substantial literature exists on ways to identify preferred stimuli there may be occasions when those methods fail to identify a large variety of preferred items, or items that function as reinforcers . In these cases, another approach to increasing the variety and number of preferred and reinforcing stimuli may be to increase preference and reinforcer value for items that are readily available, but low preferred. One novel approach to doing this includes video modeling. The purpose of the current study was to assess effects of video modeling on preference and reinforcer value of previously low-preferred stimuli. |
|
Instantaneous Rate: A Method to Assist Visual Analysis of Latency-Based Data |
(Applied Research) |
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Paige Talhelm (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Recent studies have demonstrated the use of latency as an index of response strength in the assessment and treatment of behavior (e.g., Thomason-Sassi et al., 2011). However, latency-based single subject designs may be difficult to interpret given how latency values are depicted graphically. Although visual inspection is the primary method of analyzing single-case subject designs, previous studies have primarily focused on interrater agreement of rate or frequency as primary measures. An alternative method to depicting latency-based measures and instantaneous rate may be a useful tool for clinicians to interpret latency-based graphs and in comparing latency to non-latency-based graphs. |
|
Some Effects of Praise During the Escape Condition of the Functional Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Many researchers provide praise for complying with demands during the escape condition of the functional analysis. However, praise may function as a reinforcer for some individuals diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities. This may reduce the aversiveness of task presentation or increase behavior that competes with problem behavior (e.g., compliance with demands). In general, this may result in lower or less stable levels of problem behavior and decrease the efficiency of the functional analysis. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate some effects of praise on the rate of problem behavior and compliance during the escape condition of the functional analysis in children diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities. We found that there may be a slight advantage to not providing praise for compliance during the escape condition of the functional analysis for some individuals. We will discuss the implications of our results and future research directions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Self-Management Strategies as Replacement Behaviors for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adrianna O. Zambrzycka (Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Discussant: Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth C. Nulty, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders commonly engage in inflexible or rigid behaviors, such as deciding on a game to play with a peer, insisting that they drink from a certain cup, or wearing a specific shirt daily. Interruption of these behaviors often evokes challenging behavior; leading to reduced access to home, school, and community environments. When analyzing the complex nature of these behaviors and the resulting challenging behavior, behavior analysts must identify not only management strategies and topography specific replacement skills but also the underlying skill deficits present in the children’s profile. This symposium describes how behavioral cusp skills can be targeted for instruction to provide the learner with a conceptual framework of self-management skills that can evolve in complexity as they encounter varying situations and engage in novel topographies of behavior. Two papers will be presented, with the first outlining strategies for teaching generalized problem-solving strategies and the second focusing on teaching children to accurately self-report their emotional state and then apply a previously trained coping strategy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): problem solving, self-management |
Target Audience: This symposium is for anyone working with children with autism who need self-management strategies. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the components to teaching problem solving strategies to children on the autism spectrum. 2. Participants will identify the components for teaching individuals on the autism spectrum to accurately self-identify their own challenging behavior in the moment. |
|
Teaching Children on the Autism Spectrum Generalized Problem Solving Skills |
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs), Samuel Hauslaib (Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: Often when a conflict or challenge arises in the environment, individuals on the autism spectrum rely on others to identify the problem and provide them with guidance on the steps required to manage the situation successfully. Within home and school settings, instruction is often focused on teaching the child how to respond to a series of specific situations and engage in prescribed alternative behaviors, resulting in little opportunity for spontaneous generalization. By focusing instead on teaching critical thinking skills related to problem solving both small issues (e.g., “I’m bored, and I don’t know what to play”) and large issues (e.g., “I’m bullied at school”), generalized responses are acquired and the over-reliance on adult support on can be decreased in novel situations. This paper focuses on teaching children ages 7-12 years old, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders, how to critically think through individualized scenarios, by teaching problem solving in in clinical setting. Additionally, strategies for supporting caregivers to expand the skills that have been mastered in a contrived format to naturally occurring novel situations will be discussed. |
|
Using Self-Management Training to Teach Children With Autism to Accurately Self-Identify Challenging Behaviors |
ELIZABETH C. NULTY (Center for Children with Special Needs), Samuel Hauslaib (Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: Individuals on the autism spectrum are frequently unaware of how their behavior affects others in their environment. It can be challenging for the individual with autism to self-identify the antecedents in their environments that may evoke their own challenging behaviors and for the individual to then manage their behavior in the moment. This paper first reviews strategies for instructing students to self-tact their behavior according to a five-point Likert scale. The paper then describes how the child specific labels were yoked to self-management programming to teach children, ages 7-12 years old, how to identify the environmental situations and establishing operations that affect their behavior, identify in the moment that they are engaging in a specific behavior, and apply individualized coping strategies in-vivo. The data presented will include agreement scores based on the child’s self-monitoring data as compared the ratings of staff members, along with social validity information gathered from caregiver surveys. |
|
|
|
|
|
Novel Behavioral Targets and Outcomes in Treating Cocaine Use Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky) |
Dr. William Walton Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing especially on cocaine use disorder. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the ABAI Science Board, chairs the Program Committee for the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology. |
Abstract: Cocaine use disorder presents an enduring and significant public health concern. Despite decades of research, a widely effective and accepted treatment for cocaine use disorder remains to be identified. The failure to identify treatments may be due, in part, to the only accepted indicator of treatment efficacy: complete abstinence from cocaine. This presentation will provide an overview of human laboratory and clinical trial research that has identified other potential treatment targets that can be adopted as indicators of efficacy. These behavioral targets include attentional bias, inhibitory control and decision making. As the clinical relevance of these novel targets is demonstrated, they may become acceptable treatment outcomes and can be used to identify novel effective interventions for cocaine use disorder. |
Target Audience: Graduate students, Researchers, Board certified behavior analysts, Licensed psychologists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the current state of treatment development for cocaine use disorder; (2) understand how novel treatment targets are evaluated in the human laboratory and in clinical trials; (3) appreciate how novel outcomes can change cocaine treatment development. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Integration of Applied Behavior Analysis Into an Acute Pediatric Medical Setting |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Terry J. Page (None) |
Discussant: Terry J. Page (None) |
CE Instructor: Terry J. Page, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often work collaboratively with other disciplines; however, behavior analytic consultation within an acute pediatric medical setting can present unique ethical challenges. During consultation, behavior analysts are typically provided short time frames to conduct assessment and implement treatment. However, behavior analysts still need to follow ethical guidelines to work with medical colleagues to rule out medical etiology and determine how to safely conduct assessments and implement treatment in a medically compromised patient population or patients who are awaiting transfer to in-patient psychiatric units. In addition, behavior analysts must disseminate behavior analysis in a setting where this technology is relatively novel to other team members, who are more familiar with pharmacologic interventions and psychotherapy to manage problem behaviors. This symposia will discuss the use of traditional and synthesized functional analyses within a pediatric medical setting as well as the implementation function-based treatment to reduce life-threatening behavior, and demonstrate the use of behavior analysis to help inform medical decision-making with medically and behaviorally complex patients. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ethical collaboration, functional analysis, medical hospital, pharmacology |
Target Audience: Target audience includes behavior analysts practicing in a variety of settings, specifically those working in consultation roles and as part of an interdisciplinary team and those working with medically complex populations. |
|
Implementing Functional Analyses and Function Based Treatment in a Medical Setting |
KRISTIN VESPE (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia) |
Abstract: An acute pediatric medical setting presents unique challenges when assessing problem behavior and implementing function based treatment. The patient’s length of stay can vary greatly based on the admission problem and criteria for safe discharge. The length of stay for behavioral health patients can be as short as a few hours prior to a patient discharging to an in-patient psychiatric facility. If behavioral assessment is needed in a relatively short time, synthesized functional analyses are an alternative to a traditional functional analysis. When patients present with life-threatening behaviors, such as self-decannulation, patient safety is most important when selecting assessment methodology. In one case this was achieved through the use of latency- and trial-based functional analysis. This methodology allowed behavior analysts to assess the function of the behavior while mitigating the risk of eliciting the behavior with greater frequency than the patient’s baseline rates. When function-based treatment is implemented consistently by the treatment team and results in a decrease in problem behavior, it may result in a decreased length of hospital stay and/or discharge to a less restrictive environment than initially projected. |
|
Integrating Applied Behavior Analysis Into a Medical Setting |
VIRGINIA KAUFMANN (Children's Hospital of Philadephia) |
Abstract: Integrating applied behavior analysis into an acute medical setting allows opportunities for technology to be utilized with a diverse patient population. A transdisciplinary team within a pediatric medical hospital may include nursing, psychiatry and psychology, neurology, and other medical professionals. The ability to provide objective data regarding patient behavior can help inform medical decisions in complex cases in which the transdisciplinary team has struggled to make progress related to the patient’s behavior. This may include decisions to make changes in psychotropic or other medications, as well as providing input into difficult diagnoses. Behavioral intervention and the use of data-based decision-making has been useful with patients with a variety of medical diagnoses, including anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis, functional neurologic/conversion disorder, and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID), with the benefit of minimizing the amount of as needed/PRN medications given to patients, informing the transdisciplinary team on timing of standing medications, and discharging patients to less restrictive settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Sports: Evaluating Successful Applications and Assessments Across Sports |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jesse DePaolo (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jesse DePaolo, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will consist of three papers related to sports assesments and research. The first paper, by Schenk and Miltenberger, discuss the effects of video self-evaluation and video feedback on golf performance. Specifically, the improvement of the golfer’s long-iron swing. The second paper, by Greenberg and Crosland, discuss the use of a video feedback procedure, using the Dartfish application, to increase figure skaters’ performance on six established figure skating moves. Lastly, DePaolo et al. discuss the development and implementation of a sports based performance diagnostic checklist, based off of previously designed PBM PDC’s (Austin 2000 & Martinez-Onstott et al. 2016). The golf and figure skating papers discuss and demonstrate the effectiveness of ABA in sports, while the Sports PDC discusses the importance of working with the coaches and athlete’s prior to intervention and having them be part of the process to choose what behavior(s) to study and what intervention(s) to implement. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation are researchers interested in disseminating behavior analysis. Specifically, those studying, or interested in studying, sports, fitness, and athletics. Also, those interested in the proper use of video feedback and assessment tools. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify interventions to increase performance. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to compare the benefits of video self-evaluation and video feedback. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to demonstrate proper use of an assessment tool to help determine what athletic behavior(s) to intervene on. |
|
Evaluating Video Self-Evaluation and Video Feedback to Improve Swing Form in Golf |
MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The use of video technologies to improve sports performance has been common practice for some time and is gaining popularity. However, there are still questions as to which component, or components, of the video technology can be used to most efficiently improve performance. Multiple studies have shown that video feedback is a very effective procedure. However, golf is an individualized sport, and, therefore, the use of video feedback introduces several variables that would not usually be present when a golfer is practicing, most notably is the presence of an experimenter. Thus, we evaluated video self-evaluation versus video feedback to improve long-iron swing form for 4 to 5 golfers. Overall, we found that video self-evaluation can be useful for some individuals. However, video feedback appears to be the most effective procedure for most participants. The procedures, results, and implications of this study will be discussed, as well as ideas for future research. |
|
Using Video Feedback to Increase Figure Skaters’ Performance |
Lori Greenberg (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Figure skating is a competitive sport that requires intensive training which can be taught in a variety of settings. There are various methods to teaching figure skaters new skills such as positive and corrective feedback, modeling and coaching procedures, and physical guidance. These different approaches may lead to a lack of consistency among coaches. Over the years, these established coaching strategies have not changed substantially as training methods are passed down from coach to student. Skaters may progress more quickly in skill development if coaches are implementing empirically based successful coaching methods. These teaching approaches may also be enhanced by incorporating the latest technology available. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a video feedback coaching procedure using the Dartfish application. A multiple baseline design was utilized to document the impact of this video feedback coaching procedure on the demonstration of six established figure skating moves, three moves for one skater and three different moves for two other skaters. Results showed utilizing video feedback improved figure skater’s performance levels on the targeted moves to an acquisition of 80% accuracy or higher. |
|
Sports Based PDC: Assessing What Behaviors to Study and How to Intervene |
JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: This paper discusses a sports assessment tool, based off of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (Austin, 2000). This tool can be used by coaches and athletes and has two main goals. First, to ensure that the behavior of interest is of social significance. Researchers often approach coaches with an idea on what behavior to study and are not necessarily considering the importance of this behavior on the team beforehand. This tool allows for coaches and players to determine if the behavior is of social significance to their performance. The second goal is to bridge any gaps between coach’s and player’s perspectives on the behavior of interest. Coaches often tell researchers that players are ‘choosing’ not to perform the behavior. Interventions are then based around increasing behavior. However, sometimes players don’t know how to perform the behavior and the intervention needs to focus on teaching the skill, before increasing frequency. Though this paper is conceptual, it ties into the other papers in this symposium by acknowledging that sports research works, and it is something that people are interested in. However, the current way researchers are determining what behaviors to study may not be ideal and this paper discusses a possible solution. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Urge to Smoke and the Urge to Urinate: Pavlovian Processes in Health-Related Behaviors |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
KATHLEEN O'CONNELL (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
 Kathleen A. O’Connell, Ph.D., RN, FAAN, FABMR is the Isabel Maitland Stewart Professor of Nursing Education at Teachers College Columbia University. She received her PhD in Psychology from the University of Kansas and did a Postdoctoral Fellowship in psychology at Purdue University. She is a fellow of the American Academy of Nursing, the Association for Psychological Science, and the Academy of Behavioral Medicine Research. In her research on health behavior in diabetes, smoking cessation, and overactive bladder syndrome, she has applied various theories, including value expectancy theory, self-regulation theory, reversal theory, the theory of self-control strength, Pavlovian theory, and Pavlovian instrumental transfer. |
Abstract: Although it seems obvious that operant learning processes are important in the acquisition of addictive behaviors like smoking, I report on the importance of Pavlovian processes in the extinction of smoking and in the acquisition of urinary urge incontinence. Context is important in the extinction of behaviors. After responses to conditioned stimuli have been extinguished in one context, responding resumes when the organism enters a different context. Our work using ecological momentary assessment techniques showed that resisting urges to smoke is context-dependent and that using the stimulus control strategy of staying away from available cigarettes functions as an extinction context that does little to prepare ex-smokers for when they inevitably encounter a context with available cigarettes. Pavlovian processes are also responsible for the acquisition of some behaviors that contribute to pathological conditions, including the phenomenon of key-in-the-lock incontinence, which is cue-stimulated urinary urgency and incontinence when arriving at the entrance to one’s home. I will report our research on the effect of conditioned stimuli on daytime urinary urgency and nocturia, including the effect of displaying urge-related and neutral stimuli during urodynamic assessment of bladder contractions and during functional magnetic resonance imaging of the brains of individuals with urge incontinence. |
Target Audience: Researchers interested in Pavlovian processes in humans and researchers and clinicians interested in health behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain that extinction of conditioned stimuli is context-dependent, (2) discuss how stimulus control techniques may ultimately lead to relapse in addictive behaviors when individuals enter contexts where the stimuli are available, and (3) describe how Pavlovian processes are important in the acquisition of behaviors related to urinary urgency and incontinence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Context Modulates Sensitivities to Sunk Time and Delay to Reinforcement |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC) |
Discussant: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Nicole L. Bank, M.S. |
Abstract: The research on the effects of delay to reinforcement is robust. The literature base demonstrates the extent to which delays affect responding with standard reinforcers. These investigations try to understand the effects of delays in typical online contexts. Bank and Vaidya explore contexts where search engine users are sensitive to a delay to search results. Hantula explains why time spent in an online dating context leads to an increased selection of sub-optimal matches. Prompts for future research projects are provided. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): CHOICE, DELAY, INTERNET |
Target Audience: Appropriate attendees for this presentation are behavior analysts with a basic understanding of quantitative models in choice responding and a general interest in how these models apply in typical online contexts. |
|
Effects of Delay on Search Engine Choice |
NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Current research and development of search engines relies on satisfaction surveys and group designs to identify key features. Such is the case when studying the effects of delay to search results. The literature studying the effects of delay to other commodities indicates the preference for the commodity decreases as the delay to the commodity increases. This study explored whether such an effect occurs in an online information search setting and if such an effect could be arranged in a choice scenario. In the context of a trivia game scenario participants were instructed to search quickly using one of two search engines. Participants were most sensitive to delays when the difference between the two search engine delays was greater than one second. As the difference between search engine delays decreased to a 0.5 second difference and a 0.25 second difference, performance approached indifference. These data suggest search engine results may be another context to study the effects of delay on choice. |
|
The Waiting is the Hardest Part: Sunk Time Effects Online |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
Abstract: Sunk costs are often assumed to motivate seemingly irrational choices (i.e. "throwing good money after bad"), but recent data reveal a more nuanced interpretation. This analysis is extended to an investigation of sunk time effects (situations in which time, not money, is invested) in online dating. Single young adults completed date profiles and searched for a potential date on an experimental dating site. Time between initiating a search and finding a matching date was systematically manipulated, and potential date "quality" ranged between 25%-75% compatibility. At low levels of compatibility, less than 50% of dates were accepted. However at 50% and 75% levels of compatibility, sunk cost had a strong linear effect on acceptance of a date, which was especially pronounced at the 75% level. These data show that sunk time effects, much like sunk cost effects, are not as general as assumed but are sensitive to context, and also that delay effects found in other studies of online consumer behavior extend to online dating choices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Flexibly Navigating Outcomes That Matter in Academic Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Corinne Gist, Ed.S |
Chair: Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center) |
CORINNE GIST (The Ohio State University) |
MARY SAWYER (TEAM Coaching) |
LUCIE ROMANO (TEAM coaching) |
Abstract: The number of behavior analysts consulting in school settings has increased significantly over the past few years. Allowing an “outsider” into the classroom can sometimes be difficult for teachers and staff. Although behavior analysts are well trained in operationally defining behaviors and developing systematic and structured intervention plans, rigid adherence to specific procedures, protocols, and practices can be counterproductive. The result of rigidity around practices is often times detrimental to children who are the recipients of cookie-cutter interventions. This panel seeks to address settings, contexts, and populations for which it may be appropriate to be more flexible as a behavior analyst. The panelists have been consulting in public and private schools for a combined 30 years; additionally, all three presenters are former school-based practitioners themselves. Data, case studies, and anecdotal experiences consulting in a variety of educational settings from a behavior analytic perspective will be shared. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, School Psychologists |
Learning Objectives: •Participants will be able to list appropriate strategies to use when building relationships with teachers and school staff.
•Participants will be able to state specific strategies to use when including teachers and staff in the development and implementation of research-based interventions.
Participants will be able to name
Participants will be able to determine when a "flexible" intervention is needed. |
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, School consulting, Skill acquisition, Teacher training |
|
|
|
|
|
When the Stars Align: Managing Behavior-Based Interventions in a Workplace Academic Unit |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
NELSON MILLER (Western Michigan University Cooley Law School,) |
Nelson P. Miller is a licensed lawyer and Associate Dean and Professor at the Grand Rapids campus of Western Michigan University Cooley Law School. He manages a campus academic unit of from 150 to 750 law students and 12 to 24 full-time faculty members, as part of a four-campus law school, while administering the law school’s public-university affiliation. He has published over forty books and many more book chapters and scholarly articles on law, legal education, managing firms, finances, and organizations, and related subjects. Dean Miller’s three-year project with Western Michigan University’s Instructional-Design Research Lab, implementing campus behavior-based reforms, resulted in publication of five books including Teaching Law: A Behavioral Approach and Preparing for the Bar Exam: Plans, Programs, Content, Conditions, and Skills, the latter with organizational-management expert Dr. Douglas Johnson. The Harvard University Press book What the Best Law Teachers Do recognized Dean Miller’s instruction. The State Bar of Michigan recognized Dean Miller with its Pro Bono Service Award, following substantial service to individual clients and to statewide and national professional organizations. He is a frequent speaker, blogger, and media commentator. |
Abstract: Workplaces challenge reform efforts to improve productivity and outcomes. While not unique in this respect, academic workplaces, especially those in higher education, present special challenges in getting faculty members to accept needed reforms, given faculty members’ high expertise and academic-freedom-based independence. This presentation, data-based in part, summarizes insights from a three-year research-lab-supported project implementing successful behavior-based reforms at one unit of a multi-unit organization. The reforms raised the unit’s critical outcome, graduate passage of a licensing exam, well above the organization’s other units. Passing a licensing exam is the organization’s primary validated outcome, the statistics for which it confirms as reliable for accreditation purposes. Under the positive influence of the project’s organizational-management initiative, half of the unit’s faculty members volunteered to participate in the reforms, and their participation further induced reforms by non-participating faculty members in the same unit. The project eschewed managing by policy and mandate in favor of recognition reinforcement, supportive change context, participant control and choice, evidenced-based practices, and knowledge showcasing. The project focused participants on the behaviors that they wished to induce and on measuring those behaviors, while fostering team approaches within a unit culture that inoculated participants against adverse conditions imposed centrally across the organization. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) predict presenting problems; (2) propose potential solutions for implementing behavior-based improvements in a workplace academic unit, consistent with recognized behavior-analytic principles. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Path to Entrepreneurship: Building a Behavioral Repertoire for Expanding the Field |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S. |
Chair: Janet Vasquez (weTherapy) |
GIANNA BISCONTINI (Biscontini Behavior) |
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions) |
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers) |
Abstract: The BACB ethical code calls for behavior analysts to disseminate our practice beyond its current reach. Practitioners and researchers alike have made an enormous impact on the treatment of autism and related disabilities, but what about other areas? We are vigorously trained to understand behavior and the conditions under which it is governed. However, the ways in which our unique repertoire position us to bring behavior analysis to other markets remains unaddressed. This panel will explore several key questions related to entrepreneurship, such as: What does it mean to be an entrepreneur? What separates those that attempt entrepreneurship from those that don’t? What does it take to be a successful entrepreneur, and how can one prepare to bring behavior analysis to the masses? With a focus on dissemination of behavior analysis into new markets, each panelist will contribute their own unique experiences as it pertains to mentorship, networking, education and self-management—all critical components to building a successful enterprise. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts looking to start their own business in the field. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to operationalize entrepreneurship 2. Attendees will learn the skills required to be an entrepreneur 3. Attendees will learn how to position themselves to be an entrepreneur |
|
|
|
|
|
Reviewing and Evaluating Methods to Train Staff to Implement ABA-Based Intervention Procedures for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.A. |
Abstract: Training staff to implement effective behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires effective training techniques. This symposium is comprised of a series of presentations reviewing and evaluating various approaches to training staff. The first presentation provides a review of the literature on training staff and parents to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT). The second presentation evaluates correlations between a multiple-choice exam, analogous of certifying exams, and the direct implementation of ABA-based procedures. The third presentation evaluated a specific staff training procedure to train staff to implement a social discrimination procedure. The fourth presentation provides an evaluation of a comprehensive staff training package for new staff. The symposium will close with a discussion of the strengths and limitations of the presentations as well as future directions of staff training for individuals providing ABA-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ASD intervention, DTT, social skills, staff training |
Target Audience: This symposium will be beneficial for anyone providing supervision and training for behavior analysts providing ABA-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism. Those seeking training to improve their implementation of ABA-based procedures may also benefit from this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, the participants will be able to: 1. describe common approaches to training staff and parents on the implementation of DTT as well as barriers to that training 2. describe potential correlations between multiple choice behavior analysis exams and the implementation of ABA-based autism intervention 3. identify and describe an approach to training staff on the implementation of a social discrimination procedure for individuals diagnosed with autism 4. identify and describe components of a comprehensive staff training package for staff new to ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism |
|
Training Behavior Change Agents and Parents to Implement Discrete Trial Teaching: A Literature Review |
WAFA A. ALJOHANI (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a commonly implemented and evaluated teaching procedure for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, DTT is often a procedure that behavior analytic practitioners are required to learn how to implement. Additionally, parents are often encouraged to learn how to implement DTT to supplement intervention for their child(ren) diagnosed with ASD. This review of the literature included 51 studies (57 experiments) that involved training behavior change agents and/or parents on the implementation of DTT. Each of the studies was evaluated and quantified along several dimensions including participant demographics, experimental design, outcome, DTT task analysis, training procedures, training time, and the mastery conditions for the implementation of DTT. The results of the review indicated that there is a robust literature on training individuals to implement DTT. However, results also revealed there are several areas that should be addressed by future studies as well as implications for practitioners and certification standards. |
|
Evaluating the Correlation Between Multiple Choice Examination Scores and the Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Autism Intervention Procedures |
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: To ensure the quality of training, skills developed and maintained, and expected standards for behavior analysts, several systems have been put into place across the years. Of these systems, perhaps the most widespread was the development of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) in 1998. More specifically, the global mission of the BACB® is to “protect consumers of behavior analysis services worldwide by systematically establishing, promoting, and disseminating professional standards” (BACB, 2015b). Once all requirements are met (e.g., supervised hours, coursework), the final step in obtaining certification (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analyst; BCBA) is a multiple-choice examination. Given the position many BCBAs find themselves in (i.e., autism intervention), some have questioned the correlation between exam scores and practice. To date, no studies have examined this correlation. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate any potential correlations between scores on a popular commercially available prep exam and basic ABA-based autism intervention procedures (e.g., discrete trial teaching). |
|
Using the Teaching Interaction Procedure to Train Staff to Implement a Social Discrimination Procedure |
CHRISTINE MILNE-SEMINARA (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: The teaching interaction procedure is an evidence-based procedure that has been utilized for the development of social skills. The teaching interaction procedure consists of labeling the targeted skill, providing a meaningful rationale for the importance of the skill, describing the steps of the targeted skill, modeling the skill, role-play and providing feedback throughout the interaction. Although the teaching interaction procedure has been used to teach a variety of social skills for children and adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), it has only been utilized to train staff in two studies (i.e., Harchik, Sherman, Sheldon, & Strouse, 1992; Redican et al., in press). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of the teaching interaction procedure to teach three interventionists the skills to implement the Cool vs. Not Cool procedure to target the development of social skills for children diagnosed with ASD. The results of a multiple baseline design showed the teaching interaction procedure was effective at teaching all interventionists how to implement the Cool vs. Not Cool procedure with children diagnosed with ASD. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Comprehensive Staff Training Package for Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism |
Yvonne Cheung (St. Cloud State University; Autism Partnership Hong Kong), JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ho Yan Eunice Luk (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Raymond Fung (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Toby Mountjoy (Autism Partnership Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Training staff to implement effective behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires effective training techniques. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a training package with three new staff. The package consisted of didactic lectures, self-learning assignments, readings, written tests, hands-on practice, and regular evaluation. Thirty-eight skills across seven broad domains with respect to ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with ASD were assessed. These domains included engagement, reinforcement, discrete trial teaching, communication temptations (sometimes referred to as mand training), maximizing progress, and behavior management. The results of a multiple baseline across staff indicated that the training package was successful with all three staff. Maintenance data also indicated that the effects of the training package maintained after the training ended. The results will be discussed with respect to strengths, limitations, and future directions of staff training for staff providing behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Vocational and Problem-Solving Skills to Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School) |
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include four data-based presentations on teaching vocational and problem-solving skills to adults with developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated correspondence between paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments for vocational tasks with three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The preference assessments identified the same high-preferred task but different low-preferred tasks. All participants remained highly engaged with their highest preferred task and differed in their engagement with their lowest preferred tasks. The second study replicated and extended Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017) by evaluating the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on interview skills of three adults with ASD. Two participants learned all skills with BST alone; one participant learned them with additional textual cues and reinforcement. In the third study, electronic-based flowcharts were evaluated as a form of self-instruction to increase problem solving skills in two adults ASD in a simulated vocational setting. Results showed an increase in problem-solving and generalization to novel problem exemplars. The fourth study evaluated effects of teaching tablet-based problem-solving responses during daily living tasks to three adults with Down syndrome. For all participants, responding in problem solving scenarios increased and generalized to a novel problem scenario and task. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Down syndrome, problem-solving, vocational |
Target Audience: behavior analysts, graduate students |
|
Using Preference Assessments to Identify Preferred Job Tasks for Adolescents With Autism |
Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (West Virginia University), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Paired stimulus (PS) and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments can identify preferred vocational tasks for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and limited verbal communication. However, there has not been a direct comparison of these procedures to date. We evaluated the correspondence between vocational activities identified as high- and low-preferred by PS and MSWO preference assessments for three adolescents with ASD, and determined the extent to which assessments predicted engagement with those vocational activities. Additionally, we collected social-validity ratings from caregivers following observations of high- and low-preferred activities. The MSWO and PS preference assessments identified the same high-preferred task (although the specific task identified differed across participants), but different low-preferred tasks across assessment types. All participants remained highly engaged with their highest preferred task and differed in their engagement with their lowest preferred tasks. Caregivers stated that they would recommend the task identified as high preferred. |
|
Improving Interview Skills of Adults With Autism Using Behavioral Skills Training |
KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Interviewing for a job is one challenge that adults with autism encounter when attempting to find paid employment. There is little research showing that individuals with autism can be taught to respond appropriately during an interview to secure future employment opportunities. We replicated the results of Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017) who evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on the interview skills of college students. We extended the results to three adults with autism. We used a multiple baseline design across three responses (i.e., asking questions, answering questions, and appropriate body language). During baseline, responding was low for all three participants. Behavioral skills training consisted of role playing simulated interviews, providing feedback, and performance rehearsals. For two of the participants, behavioral skills training alone was effective at increasing all three response classes. For the third participant we added textual cues and reinforcement during behavioral skills training to reach criterion performance. Results demonstrate that adults with autism can benefit from modified behavioral skills training to improve interview skills and employment opportunities. We are currently assessing social validity of responses by asking business owners to observe video-taped segments of the interviews and rate the responses. |
|
Teaching Adults With Developmental Disabilities to Problem Solve Using Electronic-Based Flowcharts Within a Vocational Setting |
NATALIE KRYSTINE VILLANTE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sopia Som (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Justin Hunt (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Employers report that many individuals with disabilities have difficulty completing their work and lack independence. This limits those individuals from acquiring and/or maintaining employment. The purpose of this study was to assess the use of electronic-based flowcharts as a form of self-instruction to increase problem solving skills in individuals with developmental disabilities within a simulated vocational setting. Two males diagnosed with autism, ages 17 and 25 years, participated. Behavioral skills training was used to teach the participants how to use one of the electronic flowcharts within one problem situation. Generalization of flowchart use was probed across multiple problem exemplars. For one participant, results showed an increase in problem solving skills and generalization of flowchart use across two problem exemplars. For the second participant, results showed an increase in problem solving skills and generalization across three problem exemplars. These findings have important implications for increasing independence on the job, while also decreasing intrusive and costly supports for those with disabilities. |
|
Teaching Problem Solving Skills to Young Adults With Down Syndrome |
ASHLEY ALBANESE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Allison Parker (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Although most studies in the area of problem solving have included individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), individuals with other types of developmental disabilities may have unique deficits and skill sets that warrant systematic replication and individualization of these protocols. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of teaching tablet-based problem-solving responses during daily living tasks to three adults with Down syndrome. An Apple Keynote™ presentation was used to teach problem solving skills relating to items that were dirty, high on a shelf, heavy, and missing. These tasks included setting the table, vacuuming the living room, putting laundry away, and bringing in groceries. For all three participants, responding in problem solving scenarios increased after problem solving training, generalized to a novel problem scenario and task, and maintained during a three week follow-up probe. These findings extend the literature on problem solving by demonstrating effective procedures using technology, with nonreaders, during ADL tasks, and with individuals with Down syndrome. |
|
|
|
|
|
Individualizing Instruction for Greatest Efficiency: From Children to Parents |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ) |
Discussant: Christina Fragale (The University of Texas) |
CE Instructor: Christina Fragale, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis can be considered a science of learning. Not only does the field address how learning occurs, but it also seeks to improve teaching technologies. To make learning more efficient, the goal should be on increasing rate of acquiring individual targets and increasing generative learning. In the literature, the focus is often on explicitly taught skills (e.g. Kodak et al, 2016; Sidman, 1994). However, generative learning, the ability to demonstrate responses that have not been explicitly taught or reinforced prior, is a crucial component of efficient learning (e.g., Critchfield & Twyman, 2014). Howard, Sparkman, Cohen, Green, and Stanislaw (2005) investigated the effects of having children with an autism spectrum disorder in an intensive behavior based preschool program compared to an electric program and a control, non-intensive program. In their discussion, they point out that in order for a child with a developmental delay to close the gap with neurotypical peers, an intervention must produce learning rates that are faster than the typical peer, which was seen in the intensive behavior-based program. Thus, it is imperative to have teaching procedures which are both effective and efficient (Albarran & Sandbank, 2018) to reach this learning rate. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Equivalence-Based Instruction, Error Correction, Instructive Feedback |
Target Audience: The target audience is both newer BCBAs as well as those who have been in the field for a long time and may continue to use certain procedures because that is what they are used to doing. It provides both an overview and more in depth view into the various methods to improve efficiency in learning. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify ways to determine the correct error correction procedure for their learners. 2. Participants will be able to use instructive feedback to increase efficiency in learning. 3. Participants will be able to use equivalent-based instruction to increase efficiency in learning. |
|
Error Corrections: Why Do We Use Them and Are They Important? |
(Service Delivery) |
TRICIA CLEMENT (LaBAA; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Touchstone) |
Abstract: Procedures developed to provide corrective feedback are part of many types of instructional programming (Englemann, 1988; Binder & Watkins 1990). A correction procedure is essential to the formation of operants and literature has provided some considerations that should be made in regard to correction procedures. Within the literature a large degree of variations is used within similar procedures for example reinforcement delivery; number of repetitions; errorless learning vs. error corrections (Worsdell, 2005; Cowley, Green, & Braunling-McMorrow, 1992; Koegel & Egel, 1979, Carr & Kologinsky, 1983; Wheeler & Sulzer, 1970, and Carey & Bucher, 1983; Remington & Clarke, 1983). These variations regarding error correction procedures have resulted in numerous studies with inconclusive findings (Smith et al., 2006; Turan, Moroz, & Croteau, 2012; Rodgers and Iwata, 1991). The purpose of this study included gaining a better understanding of how and why practitioners currently select error correction procedures for their students and how they may affect student progress. In this study, ten questions were presented to BCBAs using an electronic survey. Survey data and the importance of the findings will be discussed. |
|
Expansion of Instructive Feedback: Tacting the S- During Error Correction |
(Applied Research) |
LAURA A. KRUSE (First Leap LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis seeks to improve the efficiency of learning while maintaining effectiveness. Improving rates of learning and promoting derived responding are two ways to improve efficiency. Instructive feedback has been shown to effectively facilitate the learning of additional targets within instruction, yet this feedback is rarely used as an error correction procedure. Additionally, there are many methods for error correction, yet there is not one procedure that has been shown to be effective for all learners, nor do any attempt to teach the error as an additional learning target. As a learner progresses and moves towards a more natural setting, less invasive, more naturally occurring error correction procedures should be used. This paper discusses a novel minimally invasive error correction procedures in which errors are not only corrected via a model, error, the S-, is labeled for the learner. This paper also expands upon the stimulus equivalence research by examining the impact these various error correction methods may have on the emergence of derived equivalence relations for neurotypical learners. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence Instruction to Teach Parents About Functions of Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
TIM CALDWELL (Behavior Interventions Inc.; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kaitlyn Burylo (Behavior Interventions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instructional (EBI) technology has been shown to be highly effective in teaching relations among arbitrary stimuli (Sidman, 1994). The present study examined the use of EBI to train caregivers a five-relation stimulus class consisting of the following elements: a) labels of social functions of behavior, b) descriptions of antecedent events, c) descriptions of consequence events, d) vignettes with both antecedent and consequence events, and e) function-based responses (Albright, Schnell, Reeve, & Sidener, 2016; Fienup, Covey, & Crithchfield, 2010). Initial results demonstrated a functional relation between teaching the first set of relations (A:B:C) and a significant increase within untrained relations (B:C:D:E). These results must be viewed cautiously as responding in the pre-test of the second teaching set (A:D:E) was higher than expected. This supports previous experience with these stimuli as part of the formation of the untrained class merger (B-C-D-E) relations. Demonstration of an effective EBI intervention could lead to the development of computer-based training that could assist caregivers in acquiring more efficient function-based responses to problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Behavior Analysis Training System |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Kelly Kohler, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The overarching goal of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) is to train BS, MA, and PhD students who are science-based practitioners, rather than researchers. This lab focuses on training students in the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis in systems analysis and developmental disabilities. This symposium will examine the Behavior Analysis Training System at the Bachelor's, Master's, and Doctoral level. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, graduate training, undergraduate training |
Target Audience: Students, supervisors, and faculty in the field of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a behavior analytic approach to undergraduate training; (2) describe a behavior analytic approach to graduate training; (3) describe the science-based practitioner model. |
|
The Undergraduate Student Experience: Course Work |
HERIBERTO BOBADILLA (Western Michigan University), Clare Marie Christe (Western Michigan University), Michael Kranak (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Undergraduate students in the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University are first introduced to behavior analytic concepts and principles in our Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, along with the supplemental Operant Conditioning Lab (rat lab). This presentation will examine how a behavior analytic approach to college teaching is used to train and recruit students into the field of behavior analysis. |
|
The Undergraduate Student Experience: Practicum and Research |
MICHAEL LEE TOMAK (Western Michigan University), Kaylee Tomak (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In the Autism Practicum, undergraduate students are trained to be behavior technicians providing one-on-one ABA therapy in a discrete-trial preschool classroom. Some students also complete an undergraduate Honor's thesis under the mentorship of a second-year Master's student. This presentation will describe our training and mentorship models. |
|
The Master's Student Experience |
KELLY KOHLER (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Master's program trains MA students who meet the qualifications for graduation and the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) exam. Students in the MA program complete a BACB Verified Course Sequence, gain practicum experience, teach an Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, and complete a Master's Project. This presentation will describe our training system. |
|
The Doctoral Student Experience |
SOFIA F. PETERS (Western Michigan University), Kohei Togashi (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: PhD students in the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) gain experience as science-based practitioners. They complete theses and dissertations where the first goal of the research is that the child benefits from the research. In addition to their research and coursework, PhD students are given an assistantship, either overseeing the MA instruction of the Introduction to Behavior Analysis course, or providing BCBA supervision to the Master's students. This presentation will describe our PhD program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Valuing Diversity and Equity in Behavior Analysis: Actions Speak Louder Than Words |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: So Ra Kang (University of Souther California) |
Discussant: Evelyn Rachael Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Addressing issues of diversity and equity is an ongoing process that requires intentional goal-setting, committed action, and ongoing evaluation. As a field, we have embraced diversity as a value, however greater individual awareness and training are needed to increase engagement in values-directed behaviors by individuals. The aim of this symposium is to discuss key data and research related to increasing diversity and equity in Applied Behavior Analysis; specifically issues related to race, gender, socioeconomic background, and sexual orientation will be discussed. The symposium will open with a detailed discussion of cultural competency with respect to transgender individuals, followed by a paper examining an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approach to increasing awareness of privilege and committed action with respect to increasing cultural competency as an ABA practitioner. Following a review of relevant data and research, each paper will discuss key ethical and practical concerns related to the topic, and make recommendations regarding specific actions that might benefit consumers and create a more inclusive and empowering environment for ABA staff, students, and practitioners. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACT, cultural competence, diversity, values |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, Graduate students, Psychologists, Researchers, Academics |
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify ethical and practical issues of diversity and equity within ABA 2) Explain how issues of diversity and equity can be understood from a behavior analytic perspective 3) Identify ways applied behavior analysts can create contexts that promote diversity and equity |
|
My Pronouns Are She/Her: Transgender Cultural Competence |
KRISTEN LANCASTER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: This discussion paper will define and differentiate gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation specific to the transgender and gender-nonconforming community. Relevant research and data will be presented to highlight the unique needs of transgender individuals and the common barriers that impact their access to healthcare and behavioral health services. Tying in the BACB ethics code, specific action steps will be outlined to promote cultural sensitivity and competence, with a highlight on navigating pronouns. |
|
Cultural Competence Needs ACTion |
DENISHA GINGLES (Signature Behavior Analytic Services) |
Abstract: Despite policy statements from our leading organizations declaring the importance of diversity, inclusion and cultural competence, a lack of training standards and practice guidelines means clinicians are unprepared to take effective steps to actually achieve a more diverse and equitable field. This paper will review publicly declared values of diversity and equity, and provide recommendations for how practitioners and researchers can uphold and advance our mission of helping others and creating a better world. The paper will explore how an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approach might foster cultural competency and committed action in behavior analysts. Audience members will be encouraged to clarify personal values around diversity and equity, identify potentially problematic rules and rule deriving related to privilege and bias, and engage in specific behaviors that might move us towards a more diverse and equitable field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theory of Mind in Autism: Parent Training in Narrative Book Reading to Improve Social Understanding |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children) |
PATRICIA PRELOCK (University of Vermont) |
 Patricia Prelock, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, Professor of Communication Sciences & Disorders, and Professor of Pediatrics in the College of Medicine at the University of Vermont. Dr. Prelock coordinates parent training programs designed for caregivers of children with ASD and has been awarded more than 11 million dollars in university, state and federal funding as a PI or Co-PI to develop innovations in interdisciplinary training supporting children and youth with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families, to facilitate training in speech-language pathology, and to support her intervention work in ASD. She has over 178 publications and 523 peer-reviewed and invited presentations/keynotes in the areas of autism and other neurodevelopmental disabilities, collaboration, IPE, leadership, and language learning disabilities. Dr. Prelock received the University of Vermont’s Kroepsch-Maurice Excellence in Teaching Award in 2000, was named an ASHA Fellow in 2000 and a University of Vermont Scholar in 2003. In 2011, she was named the Cecil & Ida Green Honors Professor Visiting Scholar at Texas Christian University and in 2015 Dr. Prelock was named a Distinguished Alumna of the University of Pittsburgh. In 2016, she received the ASHA Honors of the Association and in 2017 she was named a Distinguished Alumna of Cardinal Mooney High School. Dr. Prelock is a Board-Certified Specialist in Child Language and was named a Fellow in the National Academies of Practice (NAP) in speech-language pathology in 2018. She was the 2013 President for the American Speech-Language Hearing Association and is leading the development of the University of Vermont Integrative Health Program. |
Abstract: Theory of Mind (ToM) is understood as the ability to think about the thoughts, feelings, and intentions of oneself and others. Individuals with autism repeatedly fall behind on measures designed to test attribution of false beliefs, inference of others’ perspectives, beliefs, emotions, and motivations in varied social contexts, compared to their typically developing (TD) peers. This lecture will focus on a parent training intervention using book reading with scaffolded support to facilitate various aspects of ToM in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the theory of mind deficits typically observed in children with ASD; (2) describe at least two ToM outcome measures that can be used to assess change over time; (3) explain the value of parent training in supporting the social communication and social cognition of children with ASD; (4) identify at least two reasons that support the use of narrative book reading as an intervention for enhancing the ToM in children with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Token Reinforcement: An Examination of Token Function and Application |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg ) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A token economy is a complex system of reinforcement in which a token is delivered (or removed) contingent upon target behavior(s) and can be later exchanged for back-up reinforcers. The complexity of a token economy is derived from three-interconnected schedules of reinforcement. Following the pioneering research of Ayllon and Azrin (1965; 1968), token economies and token reinforcement has become a common component of behavioral programming. Despite the broad success of this behavioral technology, the mechanics of token reinforcement have not been thoroughly studied (Hackenberg, 2009; 2018). Further, token economy literature often contains vague or incomplete procedural descriptions (Ivy, Meindl, Overly, & Robson, 2017). The purpose of this symposium is to present and synthesize token reinforcement and token economy literature. The first presentation will examine the methods to condition token reinforcers. The second presentation will explore assessment strategies to evaluate the function of tokens. Finally, the third presentation examines the application of token economies for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): token economy, token reinforcement |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers who use token economies or token reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: The audience will be able to label and describe four methods to condition a token reinforcer. The audience will be able to describe strategies to access the function of tokens. The audience will be able to discuss the state of token economy research for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
|
Methods to Condition Token Reinforcers |
(Service Delivery) |
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kathryn Glodowski (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: A token reinforcer is a type of conditioned reinforcer that can be exchanged for other, already established reinforcers (i.e., terminal reinforcers; Skinner, 1953, p.79). Tokens are unique among other conditioned reinforcers (c.f., attention) in that contact with the terminal reinforcer requires tokens be accrued and exchanged. Since the pioneering work of Ayllon and Azrin (1965; 1968), token reinforcement has become a common component of behavioral research and practice. Despite the large body of empirical evidence supporting the use of token reinforcement, the process to condition a token reinforcer has not undergone thorough evaluation. The purpose of this presentation is to identify and describe methods to condition token reinforcers from research and the conceptual analysis of behavior. The author will describe four primary methods of token conditioning: a) verbal description of token-reinforcer relation, b) token-reinforcer (i.e., stimulus-stimulus) pairing, c) response-independent token delivery with exchange, and d) response-dependent token delivery with exchange. Common procedural variations, implications for practice, and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
Measuring the Stimulus Functions of Tokens: Assessment Strategies for Clinicians |
(Service Delivery) |
MARY-KATE CAREY (Glenwood) |
Abstract: Tokens are traditionally referenced as functioning as generalized reinforcers when used in clinical settings (Kazdin & Bootzin, 1976). However, evidence from basic research demonstrate tokens functioning as S-deltas and actually suppress early-component responding within a token schedule. (Foster, Hackenberg, Vaidya, 2001). Given that the clinical utility of tokens rests of the expectation that tokens will maintain behavior in the absence of or in the face of long delays to primary reinforcement, it is essential that they function as conditioned or generalized conditioned reinforcers. Likewise, avoiding token economy arrangements that facilitate S-delta effects is equally as important. This talk will focus on assessment strategies for measuring the stimulus function of tokens that are practical to implement in a clinical setting as well as provide suggestions for how to optimally arrange a token economy given varying stimulus functions. |
|
A Systematic Review of the Token Economy With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jenny-Lee Alisa Aciu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Token reinforcement systems are widely used in the field of applied behavior analysis to promote behavior change across settings, behaviors, and populations (e.g., individuals of typical development and with developmental delays). While previous literature reviews on token reinforcement have assessed staff training, selection of backup reinforcers, programed consequences, and generalization procedures across diverse populations, none have explicitly evaluated these procedures with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this systematic literature review was to extend previous analyses by evaluating applications of the token economy with individuals with ASD. The included studies were summarized across (a) participant demographics (age, gender, and diagnoses), (b) experimental setting, (c) token conditioning (d) target behavior defined, (e) inverse of target behavior, (f) programed consequences, (g) individual delivering tokens, (h) training on token delivery, (i) token production schedule, (j) exchange-production schedule, (k) token-exchange schedule, (l) token economies implemented, (m) token boards, (n) conditioned reinforcer, (o) token exchange, (p) backup reinforcer selection, (q) designated backup reinforcers, (r) opportunity to select backup reinforcer, (s) faded token economy, (t) maintenance, (u) generalization, (v) social validity, (w) procedural integrity, (x) interobserver agreement (IOA), and (y) outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Establishing Meaningful Social Skills Through Manualized Intervention Programs |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew T. Brodhead, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Unfortunately, there are several barriers to widespread implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) techniques, with particular difficulty delivering ABA interventions in community settings where a majority of individuals with ASD receive services. A second barrier is the long-term reliance on early social skills interventions derived from research methods developed in idiosyncratic research settings. The purpose of this symposium is to survey two examples of manualized social skills intervention programs, as well as to demonstrate how structured and easy to implement ABA interventions may be used to establish complex social behaviors in individuals with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Manualized Interventions, Response Variability, Social Skills |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) demonstrate how structured and easy to implement ABA interventions may be used to establish complex social behaviors; (2) have a better understanding of manualized social skills interventions; (3) potentially implement a manualized social skills intervention |
|
An Evaluation of Fidelity of Implementation of a Manualized Social-Play Curriculum |
EMMA SELIINA SIPILA (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Play is the foundation upon which social skills are built. Though typically developing children learn from an early age to interact socially through play, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate characteristic deficits in social interaction and often do not engage in social play like their typically developing peers. When children with ASD engage in inappropriate, rigid, or isolated play, their peers often perceive them as odd or disrespectful. These perceptions lead to social isolation and stigmatization, and interfere with a child’s ability to build meaningful relationships with peers. The purposes of the present study were to: (1) implement a component of a play curriculum for children with ASD and (2) measure the extent to which that curriculum was accurately implemented by instructors. The results of this study indicated that instructors implemented the curriculum with high levels of treatment fidelity. The implementation of an instructor self-monitoring checklist further increased instructor fidelity. These findings and implications are discussed. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Vary Language During Social Interactions via Video-Chat |
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Michigan State University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Emma Seliina Sipila (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Without the means to develop meaningful relationships, children with ASD are more likely to experience social isolation and struggle with depression. It is imperative, then, that researchers develop strategies to help children with ASD develop robust social relationships. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a strategy to teach children with ASD to communicate via video-chat, in order to provide a framework for how they may one day interact with distant family members or peers. A second purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar training on producing varied conversation in the context of the video-chat experience. |
|
Promoting Conversation Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder With a Manualized Social Skills Curriculum |
RODERICK O'HANDLEY (School Psychology Program, Department of Special Education, Rehabilitation, and Counseling, California State University, San Bernardino) |
Abstract: A core feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) includes difficulty engaging in fluid conversations and social interactions due to verbal and nonverbal communicative deficits and difficulty recognizing environmental social cues. Social skills training is a treatment approach that may be used to promote the social skills of children with ASD. The current study evaluated the effects of a manualized social skills training program in promoting accurate demonstration of three conversation skills with three children with ASD. A multiple baseline design across three conversation skills was implemented across three elementary-aged children. Maintenance of skill accuracy was assessed two months post-intervention. Visual analysis indicated large and stable improvements of skill accuracy across all three skills for all three children. Indirect secondary measures of participant social functioning were also collected pre and post-intervention and suggested generalized improvements associated with social skills training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Discussion of Behavior Analysis in Community Corrections, Criminal Justice, and Policing |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Holly Seniuk, Ph.D. |
Chair: Janice Ellen DeWitt (University of Mississippi) |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice) |
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University) |
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Society has begun to increasingly notice problematic practices within Criminal Justice, Community Corrections, and Policing systems. The public’s attention and work within academic criminal justice programs has led to an increased use of data within these systems. The use of empirical research to shape the culture of the criminal justice system, particularly community corrections, is relatively new. As the use of empirically supported interventions is emerging, behavior analysts may have the opportunity to make large and lasting impacts within these systems. Some states and regions have already sought out behavior analytic support and have seen this support positively impact outcomes. Behavior analysts have also conducted and published research in this area, yet many within these systems have little awareness of the potential use of behavioral principles and methods. This panel will explore various behavior analytic employment opportunities within these systems, discuss the variety of behavioral research that has been conducted, and discuss potential next steps for increasing behavioral influence. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts looking to expand areas of expertise and practice, graduate students and faculty interested in research and practice in the criminal justice system |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe employment and research opportunities within the criminal justice, community corrections, and policing systems.
2. Discuss recent behavioral research within these systems
3. Identify |
Keyword(s): Community Corrections, Criminal Justice, Policing, Recidivism |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethics of Effective Advocacy: Operating on an Island |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawai'i)) |
VICTORIA M SIMS (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.) |
JENNIFER ROSE LONARDO (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.) |
GOLDEAN LOWE (Positive Behavior Support, Corp.) |
Abstract: "At this very moment enormous numbers of intelligent men and women of goodwill are trying to build a better world. But problems are born faster than they can be solved" (B.F. Skinner). In order to achieve the change our world needs to survive, we must continue to work together for a common goal —which becomes increasingly difficult the more isolated you are. On this panel, three behavior analysts who live on three separate islands (literally) will present about their experiences advocating for access to ABA services in the most isolated population center on Earth. Each member of the panel will discuss some common (and not so common) barriers they have faced, as well as some creative solutions identified. Whether you feel like you operate on an island, or you actually do, this discussion on the ethics of effective advocacy is for you. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; beginner, intermediate and advanced |
Learning Objectives: - Attendees will name at least one common barrier faced by each panelist.
- Attendees will name at least one create solution proposed by each panelist.
- Attendees will ask questions related to overcoming challenges in their state/country. |
Keyword(s): Advocacy, Consultation, Ethics, Telehealth |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Consideration of Variables Related to Skill Acquisition: A Review of the Literature |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology ) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three literature reviews aimed at identifying critical variables affecting skill acquisition. In the first presentation, Alexandra Knerr will provide a summary of peer-reviewed literature and component analysis of the TAGteach procedure. In the second presentation, Dr. April Michele Williams will provide an overview of stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures and discuss parallels to autoshaping literature. In the third presentation, Hannah MacNaul will summarize the results of a meta-analysis of preference stability over repeated administrations. Presenters will also provide recommendations for practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Literature Review, Preference Assessments, Stimulus-stimulus Pairing, TAGteach |
Target Audience: The target audience are researchers and practitioners who implement skill acquisition procedures. |
|
TAGteach: A Critical Evaluation and Component Analysis of the Peer-Reviewed Research |
ALEXANDRA KNERR (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: TAGteach is a systematic procedure for presenting immediate auditory feedback (e.g., via a clicker) to train a new skill or enhance a skill that already exists within an individual’s behavioral repertoire. It is grounded in operant conditioning principles and, according to TAGteach International (https://www.tagteach.com/), is able to be applied in diverse areas including business management, occupational safety, sports, special education, and for teaching animal trainers. Although there are myriad examples of thesis projects and refereed conference presentations describing TAGteach research, only 9 studies utilizing the technique have been published in peer-reviewed journals. Moreover, these studies vary widely regarding the degree to which the researchers adhered to the proscribed method of TAGteach. For this paper we analyzed the procedural components of each of the aforementioned published studies in an attempt to identify which components, if any, are most crucial for success. We also attempted to determine whether adherence to the TAGteach protocol itself is necessary for a successful outcome, or if the apparent success of TAGteach lies in the behavioral principles themselves rather than any single, formalized procedure. |
|
Translations in Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: Autoshaping of Learner Vocalizations |
Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University), APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) is a procedure used by behavior analysis practitioners that capitalizes on respondent conditioning principles to elicit vocalizations. These procedures usually are implemented only after other, more customary methods (e.g., standard echoic training via modeling) have been exhausted. Unfortunately, SSP itself has mixed research support, likely because certain as-yet-unidentified procedural variations are more effective than others. Even when SSP produces (increased) vocalizations its effects can be short-lived. Although specific features of SSP differ across published accounts, fundamental characteristics include presentation of a vocal stimulus proximal with presentation of a preferred item. In the present paper, we draw parallels between SSP procedures and autoshaping, review factors shown to impact autoshaping, and translate the body of autoshaping research into recommendations for SSP applications. We then call for additional reporting, testing, and extended use of SSP in behavior-analytic treatments. Finally, three translational bridges created by this paper are identified: basic-applied, respondent-operant, and behavior analysis with other sciences. |
|
Preference Stability Across Repeated Administrations: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis |
HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of South Florida), Shannon Wilson (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A key component to any successful intervention aimed at increasing appropriate behavior for individuals with disabilities is the identification of potential reinforcers to be delivered upon the occurrence of appropriate target responses (Verriden & Roscoe, 2016). It has been noted in the literature that shifts in preferences may occur due to a multitude of reasons and these changes may hinder performance (Hanley, Iwata, Roscoe, 2006). Therefore, the purpose of this meta-analysis was to synthesize results from nine studies that conducted at least two preference assessments, 24 hours or more apart from each other, and analyze the stability of preference across repeated administrations. This paper investigated the impact of the inter-assessment interval (i.e., how often preference assessments are conducted), preference assessment format, and stimulus type (i.e., tangibles, edibles, social interaction) on preference stability. Based on the analysis of correlation coefficients, results suggest that preference is most stable at brief inter-assessment intervals (one week or less) and when using the paired-stimulus format (PS; Fisher et al., 1992). In addition, preference assessments completed with edibles had greater correlation coefficients than those completed with tangible items. Implications for practitioners and future research is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Positive Reinforcement: Not Always "Positive" |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Christine Hughes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England) |
CHRISTINE HUGHES (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Dr. Christine Hughes received her MS and Ph.D. from the University of Florida in behavior analysis and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill. She currently is a Professor in Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington where they have a Ph.D. and a Master’s program in applied behavior analysis. Dr. Hughes conducts translational research in the areas of punishment, schedules of reinforcement, and behavioral pharmacology, specifically the effects of drugs of abuse on impulsive choices and on punished behavior. Dr. Hughes has been program chair for Behavioral Pharmacology and Toxicology for the ABAI, program chair, secretary, and president of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis, and President of Division 25 – Behavior Analysis of the American Psychological Association. She also was an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and was a member of the Society of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Board and the Science Board of ABAI. |
Abstract: Transitions from favorable to less favorable positive reinforcement conditions (i.e., rich-to-lean transitions) can produce aberrant behavior during the transition before work is initiated, such as disruptive behavior, aggression, and self-injurious behavior. In the laboratory, these type of transitions are studied most often under fixed-ratio schedules, in which extended pausing occurs during rich-to-lean transitions before the ratio is begun. In this presentation, I will discuss a series of experiments in which we systematically analyzed the aversive functions of signals of rich-to-lean transitions and variables that might attenuate the behavior produced during the transitions. I also will discuss the need for further research in this area overall and translational implications. |
Target Audience: Experimental and applied behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the potential aversive aspects of positive reinforcement; (2) describe rich-to-lean transitions; (3) describe post-reinforcement pauses and how they can be viewed as a measure of escape. |
|
|
|
|
|
Breaking Barriers: Creating New Service Models With Behavioral Technology |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S. |
Chair: Jamie Waldvogel (Behave Your Best, LLC) |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC) |
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
TERESA A. COOK-GUERCIO (Washington University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Autism may be responsible for the explosive growth in behavior analysis and cultivating funding sources for behavior analytic treatments. Paradoxically, could this windfall also mean the end of behavior analysis as it withers from a robust field tackling any and all socially significant behavior, pigeonholed to an albeit noble pursuit of autism treatment providers? Breaking through existing barriers to create new service delivery models requires self-awareness and skill development within and outside behavior analytic skills sets. This panel discussion will lay the foundation for entrepreneurs to break into new service delivery models outside typical funding streams and populations. Topics will include how to design solutions for neurotypical children and their parents, working with technology developers and enthusiasts, and how to obtain skill sets required beyond an ABA grad school program to succeed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts looking to expand their area of expertise into areas beyond current models of delivery and funding streams. |
Learning Objectives: Identify 3 markets or industries ripe for behavioral technology development. Identify what constitutes a behavioral technology and how to go about collaborating with professionals outside behavior analysis to build one successfully. Identify 3 soft skills shown to affect professional skill sets and service delivery. |
Keyword(s): behavioral technology, entrepreneur, neurotypical children, soft skills |
|
|
|
|
|
Train-the-Trainer: Achieve Best Training Outcomes Using Evidence-Based Procedures for Staff Training |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Yendri Diaz (Skillometry Inc.) |
Discussant: Yendri Diaz (Skillometry Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Yendri Diaz, M.A. |
Abstract: The development and maintenance of an ethical training department within an ABA company is paramount to the successful implementation of ethical ABA interventions. This talk will explore the establishment and maintenance of a training program and examine recruitment, trainers’ training, training curriculum development, training technology, and ongoing support at various ABA programs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Master's level and doctoral level BCBAs; Graduate Students in Behavior Analysis; Basic Researchers; Applied Researchers; Scientist-Practitioners; Trainers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Identify and define evidence-based training strategies 2. Identify technologies to reinforce appropriate trainer responses 3. Identify how to measure quality and effectiveness of their training 4. Identify the importance of staff training and increase effectiveness of train-the-trainer programs. |
|
Implementation of Behavioral Skills Training in Train-the-Trainer Programs |
YENDRI DIAZ (Skillometry Inc.) |
Abstract: Building and maintaining an ethical training company or training department is paramount to the effectiveness and success of any ABA practice. Trainers are responsible for training staff to fluency and mastery and ensuring readiness to work in the field. In this talk, we will discuss the development and growth of a train the trainer program, starting from recruitment of trainers, to the development of trainer skills, behavioral skills training, ongoing supervision, adherence to BACB standards. Also, implementation of evidence-based training methodologies, providing continuous training for all trainers across different levels or credentials, utilizing technology to achieve training goals, and implementing the train-the trainer- program across different agencies. |
|
Evaluating the Use of Acoustical Guidance as an Immediate Method of Reinforcement for In-Vivo Staff Training |
MARIA BROWN (FLORIDA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY; FLORIDA ASSOCIATION FOR BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is a treatment package used to teach a variety of skills to different populations. Feedback is an essential component of BST. During the rehearsal portion of BST, a real client (trainee) maybe used, delivery of feedback can interrupt sessions or cause confusion. During in vivo training of staff, acoustical guidance can be used to provide reinforcement for correct responses without interrupting session or confusing the learner. We will discuss the results of using acoustical guidance on staff training in a classroom setting with Lead Trainers training Assistant Trainers, and assistant trainers training trainees, and its effect on assistant trainer procedural fidelity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Model Dependency in Basic Research and Clinical Practice: Why Behavior Analysis Cannot Be the Same Tomorrow as it is Today |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Science is self-correcting, generating quantifiable and testable predictions of events in nature (basic experimental models) and influencing such events to improve the lives of people (applied clinical models). Skinner discussed the importance of understanding the behavior of scientists in his radical behavioral account, and more recent attempts have been made in other fields to develop a self-correcting and evolving science of science. In particular, model dependent realism developed by Hawking and Mlodinow (2010) puts forward contextual and pragmatic criteria for vetting competing scientific models. In the first presentation, Dr. Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) compares four basic theories of human language learning framed within model dependent realism. He also discusses advances in the quantitative analysis of behavior that could be used to make quantitative predictions about human language. In support of a quantitative approach, the presenter will show new data that support Relational Density Theory as a model for predicting and potentially influencing higher order properties of language. In the second presentation, Dr. James Moore (Canopy Children’s Solutions) extends model dependent realism in the context of comparing applied clinical models from within a pragmatic truth criterion. Traditional models that have emphasized direct contingency control and verbal behavior are compared against contemporary treatment models in relational training and acceptance and commitment training. Finally, the discussant highlights the need for basic experimental and applied clinical models that can generate large-scale outcome research, as only by examining the utility of our models in changing the lives of people, can we move toward a more complete, adaptive, and evolved science of human behavior. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ACTraining, Model Dependency, Relational Density, Relational Framing |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: Define stimulus equivalence and related research Interpret research on relational training Interpret research on acceptance and commitment training with children with autism |
|
Model Dependent Realism in Behavior Science and Higher-Order Relational Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: A defining feature of radical behaviorism is the assumption that behavioral principles can be applied to the behavior of the scientist, and indeed, to the science itself (Skinner, 1945, 1956, 1974; Chiesa, 1992). Two model dependent theories of science have been put forward by Kuhn (1962) and Hawking and Mlodinow (2010) that are largely consistent with radical behaviorism. Model dependent realism in particular establishes four criteria that can be used to compare competing models in basic science that may be useful when models are incompatible. The criteria propose that models should (a) be elegant, (b) contain few if any arbitrary or adjustable elements, (c) explain all existing observations, and (d) make quantifiable predictions about future events that are falsifiable. Current models of human language learning (verbal behavior, bidirectional naming, equivalence, and relational frame theory) are compared using these criteria to determine elements of each that are compatible, and when models are incompatible, to determine which models best explain human language. In pursuing the fourth criteria, Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, in press) is put forward as a model of higher-order and self-emergent properties of relational language that generates quantifiable predictions that can be directly tested. Data are presented that support the predictions made in Relational Density Theory, along with preliminary data in application with children with autism. |
|
Model Dependent Clinical Application: Extending the Account to Autism Treatment |
(Applied Research) |
JAMES MOORE (Canopy Children's Solutions), Breanna Newborne (Canopy Children’s Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions) |
Abstract: Contextually controlled relational responding, also referred to as relational framing, has been established as a basic model of complex human learning. Hayes et al. (2001) conceptualized phenomenon as generalized operant behavior that is learned through multiple exemplar training. This behavior appears to emerge spontaneously in typically developing children, as they learn through natural language contexts (e.g., Lipkens, Hayes & Hayes, 1993; Luciano, Gómez & Rodríguez, 2007). However, children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) do not easily learn this key form of responding and may experience psychological suffering when language emerges (e.g., Rehfeldt, Dillen, Ziomek, & Kowalchuk, 2007). Relational training and acceptance and commitment training provide clinical training models that make use of contemporary advances in relational frame theory. The former emphases derived relational responding and transformations of stimulus function that participate in language development. The latter emphasis the role of experiential avoidance and cognitive fusion in psychological inflexibility in human suffering. In the presentation, we present data demonstrating the efficacy of training relational frames in the early portions of intervention for children with ASD. We also present data suggesting that acceptance and commitment training can effectively influence behavior when language is evident. Whereas prior work has posited that more basic models may be needed developmentally prior to introducing relational training, we review data suggesting that these elementary verbal operants may be accounted for within relational learning, leading to early generative language acquisition, and a necessity for more complete clinical models in autism treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Conceptual Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement in a Clinical Setting |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism) |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses a conceptual framework, using a variety of systematic manipulations and assessments besides descriptive analysis to determine the function and most effective treatment method for self-injurious behavior across 2 subjects in a clinical setting. One subject is a 19-year-old woman diagnosed with ASD, who engages in self-injurious behavior in the form of thumb/hand biting and eye gouging. The other subject is a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD, who engages in self-injurious behavior in the form of finger biting. The assessments used include: pre-cursor functional analysis, stimulus-avoidance assessment, brief punisher assessment, competing items assessment, component analysis, and pair-wise analysis. This symposium provides further direction in the field for self-injurious behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. The results of each assessment and the following treatment will be discussed |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Component Analysis, Conceptual Analysis, Self-injury |
Target Audience: BCBA's RBT's ABA Therapists |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be exposed to a variety of state-of-the art analyses for the subcategories of automatically maintained self-injury 2) Participants will identify best practices when selecting systematic analysis for identifying maintaining variables for self-injury 3) Participants will be able to connect effective treatment strategies for subcategories of automatically maintained self-injury based on selected analyses |
|
Use of Protective Equipment as a Behavioral Prosthetic for Self-Biting |
HAILEY GOULD (Firefly Autism), Lily Dicker (Firefly Autism), Melissa Marks (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: Clinicians systematically increased the duration in which protective equipment was tolerated each day. Following the daily tolerance of protective equipment, clinicians evaluated the effectiveness of additional interventions to further decrease rates of the behavior. A Self-Injury Trauma Scale was completed daily to measure evidence of injury. |
|
A Component Analysis for Eye-Gouging |
LILY DICKER (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: The researchers compared the components of a treatment package for a 20-year-old girl who engages in severe, longstanding self-injurious behavior in an applied setting. There were four components tested within the component analysis: a fixed-time schedule for accessing competing items, differential reinforcement of other behavior, response-interruption and redirection, and contingent use of protective equipment. In phase 1, inter-response time data was recorded to develop an interval for the fixed-time schedule and differential reinforcement of other behavior. In phase 2, we compared a fixed-time schedule for accessing competing items with differential reinforcement of other behavior. The more effective treatment was used in phase 3 while also comparing response-interruption and redirection and contingent use of protective equipment. Throughout the entire component analysis, response blocking was used to ensure the subject’s safety. |
|
Using Stimulus Avoidance and Brief Punisher Assessments for Treatment of Severe Self-Injurious Behavior |
MELISSA MARKS (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: The current study examines the assessments used to determine functions of behavior and treatment methods to reduce levels of automatically maintained self-injury in a clinical setting. Behavioral interventions are supported as the most successful strategy for treatment of self-injurious behavior in individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Previous research indicates that punishment is the most effective treatment for self-injurious behavior and is recommended when other procedures have failed or when self-injury is extremely severe (Favell et al., 1982). Self-injurious behavior is associated with restricted educational, vocational, and community-based opportunities in addition to increased social isolation and carries significant health risks (Minshawi et al., 2014). A precursor functional analysis was used to assess the function of behavior due to the high risk associated with traditional functional analysis methods used for self-injurious behavior. Assessment methods used to evaluate the most effective treatment strategy included a stimulus avoidance assessment, brief punisher assessment, and competing items assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Play Acquisition Research |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Azure Pellegrino (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Mrs.) |
CE Instructor: Azure Pellegrino, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of play skills, which impacts their development throughout childhood. Previous research has identified several interventions that improve the quantity and quality of play within this population. This symposium includes four studies that extend the research on effective interventions to promote play in children with ASD. The first presentation will share the results of a study on increasing the sociodramatic play behavior of young children with ASD with their typically developing peers using group activity schedules. The second presentation will summarize findings of a study on increasing appropriate behavior in children with ASD and typically developing children using a wearable activity schedule. The third presentation will describe a study that compared developmentally-matched and age-matched play targets on play skill acquisition and generalization in children with ASD. The fourth presentation will share the findings of a study on increasing multi-exchange conversations in children with autism using text-message prompts. The symposium will conclude with discussant remarks from Dr. Ruth DeBar. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Activity Schedule, Autism, Developmental, Play |
Target Audience: Researchers, practitioners, and students interested in increasing play skills in children with disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of targeting play within skill acquisition; (2) identify and describe a research-supported play acquisition intervention; and (3) describe the different types of play behavior a play acquisition intervention can increase. |
|
Promoting Sociodramatic Play Between Children With Autism and Their Typically Developing Peers Using Activity Schedules |
AZURE PELLEGRINO (University of Kansas), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University), Lyndsay Nix (Utah State University; ASSERT Autism Program), Katelin Hobson (University of Washington), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University; ASSERT Autism Program) |
Abstract: An activity schedule is a set of words or pictures that cue an individual to complete a series of steps (McClannahan & Krantz, 2010). Previous research has demonstrated the utility of activity schedules in promoting independent play and social game play in children with ASD; however, promoting more dynamic social play in children with ASD using this technology has yet to be investigated. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of teaching the use of activity schedules with embedded scripts on the sociodramatic play of preschoolers with ASD with their typically developing peers. We also examined the extent to which we could remove scripts and schedule components while continuing to observe sociodramatic play. Two participants with ASD quickly demonstrated high levels of sociodramatic play with their typically developing peers compared to baseline, and an additional participant with ASD demonstrated similar increases with procedural modifications. All three participants continued to engage in sociodramatic play after all scripts and nearly all components of the activity schedules were systematically removed, including during follow-up sessions. In addition, all participants engaged in additional unscheduled yet contextually appropriate social play behaviors. |
|
Evaluation of a Wearable Activity Schedule for Promoting Independent Skills in Young Children |
KATHERINE HAGGERTY (Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Adriaenssens (Florida Institute of Technology), Kayce Nagel (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Activity schedules are a series of visual cues, which function as prompts for the completion behavior chains. These typically are arranged in booklets or binders that the individual can check to manage their own behaviors. Although activity schedules are useful, their typical presentation format in binders can be cumbersome and stigmatizing, placing additional barriers for independence and inclusion in less restrictive environments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the usefulness of a wearable activity schedule and determine whether prompts provided by it would be sufficient to support completion of a complex chain of behaviors by young children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. In Experiment 1, the Octopus watch provided prompts to typically developing children to complete a morning routine independently. In Experiment 2, the usefulness of the watch was evaluated in children with ASD engaging in play activities in a clinical setting. In both experiments, children reliably engaged in greater proportion of independent engagement in target behaviors when prompts were delivered by the watch compared to behavior under control conditions. |
|
Effects of Development-Matched and Age-Matched Targets on Play Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
HEATHER PANE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ, LLC) |
Abstract: Play is thought to be an important part of human development. Although children of typical development spend the majority of their time engaged in play activities, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with substantial delays in the development of play. This study compared the acquisition of play skills using play targets that were development-matched (DM) compared to play targets that were age-matched (AM), determined from the results of the Developmental Play Assessment (DPA; Lifter, Edwards, Avery, Anderson, & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1988). The primary intervention was in vivo modeling. The dependent variables included play actions and vocalizations. Generalization was programmed for by teaching to three sets of toys for both the DM condition and the AM condition. In addition, a preference assessment was conducted before, during, and after the intervention to assess participant preference for the toys used in the study. Social validity measures were conducted to assess the goals, procedures, and outcome of the study. The participants demonstrated acquisition with the DM play targets and not the AM play targets. In addition, participants engaged in scripted actions during generalization probes (with novel toys) and during independent probes (experimenter not sitting with participant) in the DM condition. Last, participants maintained the play targets in the DM condition. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Engage in Reciprocal Conversations Using Text-Message Prompting |
VIDA CANESTARO (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulties initiating and sustaining conversations. Although there are several established interventions which target initiations and responses to questions or comments made by others, there are fewer interventions which target sustaining conversations with multiple exchanges. A review of the literature revealed a variety of methodologies to teach individuals to engage in a multi-exchange conversation. The use of text messaging technology creates an electronic script that is portable, more socially acceptable compared to printed script, and creates a flexible means of prompting within a fast-paced changing social environment. The purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend the findings of Grosberg and Charlop (2017) by ensuring the researcher is not visible to the participants during any of the research sessions. In addition, we have included a pre-measure to better identify appropriate conversation partners and collect data on the conversation partner as well as the participant’s responding during sessions. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethics of Functional Analysis: Implementation Challenges and Practical Solutions |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc) |
Discussant: Joshua Jessel (Queens College) |
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Given the current ethical standard to conduct a functional assessment when addressing problem behavior, there are a myriad of challenges for practitioners in applied settings to conduct such an assessment consistent with evidence-based practices. Ethically, we are bound to conduct the most efficient, evidence-based assessment to find the function and other maintaining variables for problem behavior then devise a plan that is most likely to be effective. This symposium will provide an overview of several perspectives by the presenters regarding ethical and legal challenges to conducting functional assessments in applied settings and offer potential practical solutions for practitioners. One potential barrier pertains to acceptance by administrators, funders, parents and others regarding implementation of traditional functional analysis methods in the behavior analysis literature (cf. Iwata et al., 1982/1994). Reliable approaches to functional analysis are currently under development that are promising in addressing acceptability, and thus alleviate ethical and legal challenges (e.gs. Bloom et. al., 2011; Hanley et. al., 2014). Presenters will offer current approaches to functional assessment and functional analysis that may serve as potential solutions to these challenges and permit for evidence-based methods in settings where these are not currently permitted and may serve to address acceptance concerns. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Ethical Considerations, Evidence-Based Methods, Functional Analysis, Practical Solutions |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, School Psychologists, Psychologists, ABA practice owners and managers, school administrators, others involved with policy and financial roles for provision of ABA services. |
Learning Objectives: By the conclusion of the symposium, participants will learn to: 1) identify three barriers to the implementation of FAs in applied settings; 2) identify which FA procedures meet the standard of Evidence Based Practices; 3) discuss which FA procedures should be used in which situations; 4) describe how functional analysis conditions can be altered to use in school settings. |
|
The Ethics of Functional Analysis:
Implementation Challenges and Ethical Considerations |
(Service Delivery) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego, Inc.), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Functional assessment and functional analysis technologies have been extant in the field for decades, as has been the mandate to use these tools. One of the historic defining differences between the field of behavior modification and the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been the advent of the age of functional analysis (Bailey and Burch, 2005). Unfortunately, as noted by Oliver, A. C., Pratt, L. A., and Normand, M. P. (2015), the utilization of such diagnostic approaches is not commonplace within our profession, which seems to exemplify a disappointing, and somewhat confusing, inconsistency/disparity between the hundreds of functional analysis research publications and that of its clinical application. Addressing concerns by administrators, funders, parents and service recipients, as well as newer approaches to conducting valid and reliable functional analysis methods will be discussed. This presentation will address some of the challenges practitioners face in implementing Functional Analysis across applied settings, and how we might work to overcome these barriers |
|
Ethical Challenges to Functional Analysis and Potential Practical Solutions |
(Applied Research) |
WILLIAM T. MARSH (Brevard Public Schools), Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc) |
Abstract: Conducting Functional Analyses poses legal and ethical dilemmas. Ethically, we are bound to conduct the most efficient, evidence-based assessment to find the function and other maintaining variables for problem behavior then devise a plan that is most likely to be effective. However, there have been legal and ethical challenges to doing so in many settings, such as public schools, and public funded services such as state departments of developmental disabilities.
This presentation will review the main concerns regarding functional assessment and how these are presenting ethical and legal challenges to behavior analysts and some possible solutions to these dilemmas. The presenters will offer approaches to functional analysis that may serve as potential solutions to these challenges and permit for ethical, and evidence-based functional analysis methods in settings where these are not currently permitted or are considered an ethical human rights violation. The concept of the approach we refer to as “Molecular Functional Analysis” will be presented along with procedures and results of application of the method. This approach can change how behavior analysts apply and interpret results of functional analyses and gain acceptance from various concerned individuals, consumers, and stake-holders. |
|
Ethical Considerations in the Absence of State Regulations: Relying Heavily on the Ethical Code |
(Service Delivery) |
RON DEMUESY (Dublin City Schools) |
Abstract: Like many behavior analysts, as a behavior analyst employed by a school district, one’s role is to lead the completion of functional behavior assessments and writing behavior plans based upon assessment data. Unlike many behavior analysts, in the State of Ohio, there is little guidance surrounding how to complete Functional Behavior Assessments. The state has no current standards in place in public schools regarding acceptable practices for conducting a functional assessment or functional analysis. As a result, school administrators are left to make decisions regarding what will be allowed in their school district or school. Behavior analysts have a responsibility to adhere to the BACB’s™ Ethical and Professional Compliance Code which may pose challenges to the practice of behavior analysis in the school. This situation may open the doors to possible law suits by parents of children receiving special education services, and possibly child advocates as well as other concerned parties in the state. Given these considerations, this presentation will outline how the BACB™ Ethical Code Numbers 3.01–Behavior Analytic Assessment and 2.09 –Treatment Intervention Efficacy, are met using data collection, functional analyses and staff participation within a school district in Ohio. |
|
Analyzing Consent: Ethical Practice in Assessment |
(Service Delivery) |
ANN B BEIRNE (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Within the clinical practice of behavior analysis, consent is among our primary responsibilities. In this presentation, we will examine the nature of informed consent and the consent of acquiring and maintaining consent through a behavior-analytic framework. Although we as a field acknowledge environmental factors as influential in behavior, we often fail to apply this science in our interactions with stakeholders, leading to frustration, damaged rapport, and possible ethical violations. This is a significant issue in that the public, including parents of children receiving behavior analysis services, and colleagues in other disciplines, are not familiar with our evidence-based practices and methods nor terms. This can be a challenge for behavior analysts who are ethically responsible to provide a reasonable explanation of our services and approaches in a manner that parents and others can understand. Participants will identify the elements of informed consent, and the environmental factors that influence the process of gaining consent, as well as identify potential ethical pitfalls in the acquisition of consent to conduct assessments and ways to avoid them. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Behavioral Economics to Issues of Everyday Importance |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Rachel Nicole Sobol Foster (University of Kansas, Applied Behavioral Economics Laboratory) |
Discussant: Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral economists have made significant advancements in research that have not only greatly impacted the field of behavior analysis, but have also extended to other disciplines. Of note, work in this field has been used to inform public tax policies on commodities with addictive properties, assess the effects of differential price framings and verbal behavior on consumer choice and decision making, and evaluate impulsivity in the context of delay of gratification. This symposium presents a wide range of topics, including studying the effects of delay discounting to inform tornado warnings, examining a reinforcement pathology approach to risky sexual decisions, quantifying demand for food and sugar-sweetened beverages, and examining delay discounting in the context of parents’ choice of treatment for children. Thus, each presentation delivers a unique platform to discuss the multifaceted ways in which behavioral economic research is applied, providing a symposium for which behavior analysts in all specialties can relate. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, delay discounting, demand, reinforcer pathology |
Target Audience: Master's level behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain basic behavioral economic concepts. 2. Describe applications of delay discounting to issues of everyday importance. 3. Describe applications of operant demand to issues of everyday importance. |
|
Temporal Discounting of Tornado Shelter-Seeking Intentions Amidst Standard and Impact-Based Weather Alerts: A Crowdsourced Experiment |
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Tornadoes are atmospheric events capable of massive devastation, involving physical destruction and human casualties. Following the 2011 Joplin, MO tornado that claimed the lives of nearly 160 people, the National Weather Service and National Institute of Standards and Technology concluded that better warning systems would have saved lives. This conclusion prompted the creation of “impact-based warnings” (IBW) which use explicit language that conveys damage threats and potential outcomes. The purpose of the current study was to examine the efficacy of IBW in evoking shelter-seeking in a simulated tornado event. Participants recruited through a crowdsourcing service were stratified into one of four simulated tornado warning conditions, varying with respect to alert content and level of detail (IBW). Participants rated their likelihood of immediate shelter-seeking given increasing delays to the potential tornado strike. Analyses indicated that participants receiving IBW maintained shelter-seeking most across increasing delays. To our knowledge, these data provide the first behavioral economic account of impact-based warning efficacy in tornadic events. |
|
Obesity and Behavioral Economics: Examining Sex Differences in Relations Between Delay Discounting, Intensity, Persistence, and Body Mass Index Across Obesogenic Commodities |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado School of Medicine / Children's Hospital Colorado), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Extant research suggests behavioral economic assessments of delay discounting (DD) and demand curve analysis may be useful for understanding behavioral processes related to obesity in adults. To date, hypothetical purchase tasks (HPTs) have primarily assessed demand for food; however, consumption of sugar-sweetened beverages (SSBs) and use of screens that compete with physical activity (screen media use; SMU) can also contribute to an energy imbalance that promotes obesity, yet tasks for these commodities have not been developed. Novel HPTs assessing demand for SSB and SMU, along with an established HPT for fast food and a 5-trial delay discounting task, were administered to over 200 adults via Amazon Mechanical Turk. Relations between body mass index (BMI), delay discounting (ln(k)), demand intensity (log(Q0)), and demand elasticity (log(alpha)) were examined. Results suggest these behavioral economic parameters are differentially related to BMI for men and women, as BMI was related to DD for women only, and elasticity was more consistently related to BMI for men, whereas intensity was more consistently related to BMI for women across commodities. Results are discussed in terms of the Reinforcer Pathology Model and implications for assessment and treatment of obesity. |
|
The Economics of Safe Sex: Examining Condom-Use Decisions Within a Reinforcement Pathologies Framework |
JOSH HARSIN (University of Kansas), Brett Gelino (University of Kansas), Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Negative outcomes of unprotected sex (e.g., sexually transmitted infections, unwanted pregnancies) disproportionately affect young people (i.e., 15-24 y/o) in the United States. The aim of the current study was to assess sexual choice behavior of this population in light of the reinforcer pathology model. According to this framework, commodities with high abuse liability (e.g., drugs, alcohol) are characterized by (1) a preference for immediate availability (i.e., excessive discounting) and (2) a high valuation of the commodity (i.e., elevated demand) within clinical populations. The Sexual Discounting Task (SDT) examines the role of temporal delay in receipt of a condom on safe-sex behavior (i.e., using a condom). A novel condom purchase task (CoPT) was developed in order to study the effect of increasing monetary cost on demand for safe sex. Within the CoPT, participants (M age= 19.7 y/o) were presented with a hypothetical scenario wherein they were able to indicate whether they would become abstinent or engage in unprotected sex at breakpoint. Indices generated from the CoPT suggest one’s willingness to engage in unprotected sex may be a predictor of discounting rates on the SDT. Results are discussed in light of the reinforcer pathology model. |
|
Parental Discounting of Delayed Outcomes in Treatment-Related Decision-Making |
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments seldom have an immediate effect, and for many, the value of behavioral therapies may not be fully observed until after a substantial time commitment. As a result, parent perceptions of the value of behavioral treatments may be discounted because of these delays to treatment outcomes. This study compared the effects of delays on hypothetical outcomes of behavioral treatments in parents recruited from the Amazon Mechanical Turk framework. A novel adaptive hypothetical choice task was designed to evaluate parental preferences for smaller, immediate improvements in behavior over larger ones that include a delay. Results from this task were compared to a similar task measuring hypothetical choices for monetary outcomes. Multi-level modeling across outcomes and individuals revealed that outcomes of behavioral treatments were discounted at levels like those of monetary rewards. These findings suggest that parent perceptions and preferences in treatment-related decision-making warrant further consideration and research. Implications of the discounting of delayed treatment outcomes are discussed in the context of behavioral therapies and the time necessary for therapies to produce noticeable benefits to families. |
|
|
|
|
|
Callous, Unemotional, and Anti-Social Behaviors: What Applied Behavior Analysis Has to Offer |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Discussant: Willy-Tore Morch (The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Callous, unemotional and anti-social behaviors are exhibited by children, adolescents and adults with a variety of diagnoses including oppositional defiant disorder, conduct disorder, autism spectrum disorder and anti-social personality disorder. Behaviors can include: lack of remorse, guilt, and concern for others’ feelings; lack of concern over poor performance at school; and shallow/deficient emotions. Regardless of diagnosis, children and adolescents with these behaviors are often challenging for parents and school personnel and adults for society in general. Because they readily express anger, seek immediate reinforcement, engage in risky behavior, and do not learn from punishing consequences, these children and adolescents may experience problems such as academic failure, office referrals and suspensions/expulsions, and involvement in fighting, bullying, and gangs. Adolescents and adults may engage in domestic violence and abusive relationships, criminal acts, and active shooting incidents. Ways that ABA can assist in recognizing and providing interventions for these individuals will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, Psychologists, Psychiatrists, Social Workers, Counselors, Nurses |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe strategies for teaching children who only exhibit anger to exhibit alternative emotional behaviors such as empathy, sorrow and remorse. 2. Participants will be able to describe assessments, intervention strategies, and outcome measures suitable to working with children with CU traits 3. Participants will be able to describe the difficulty with the affective elements of empathy for children with CU traits and a strategy of providing analogies that helps these children with the affective elements of empathy. 4. Participants will be able to describe the motivating operations, reinforcers, punishers, and response effort as variables that influence the active shooter’s behavior. |
|
Children and Adolescents Who Exhibit Anger: Teaching Alternate Responses of Empathy, Sorrow and Remorse |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Dottie Dator (East Carolina University), Kathryn Gitto (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents who only exhibit anger in situations where other negative emotions are more appropriate often have learning histories in which they were only taught to exhibit anger. They were provided with no modeling, instruction and reinforcement for empathic, sorrowful or remorseful behaviors. These children and adolescents often find anger to be more functional and reinforcing than empathy, sorrow or remorse. Traditional psychologists often diagnose these children with oppositional defiant disorder or conduct disorder with callous-unemotional traits. Regardless of diagnosis, children and adolescents with these behaviors are often challenging for parents, school personnel and society in general. Because they readily express anger, seek immediate reinforcement, engage in risky behavior, and do not learn from punishing consequences, these children and adolescents may experience problems such as academic failure, office referrals and suspensions/expulsions, and involvement in fighting, bullying, and gangs. Strategies for teaching alternative emotional behaviors of empathy, sorrow or remorse will be provided. |
|
Early Intervention for Children With Callous and Unemotional Traits |
Andre Maharaj (Florida International University), JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Early intervention strategies have been successfully employed for prekindergartners with externalizing behavior problems (EBP) such as oppositional defiant disorder, conduct disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and developmental delays, such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Callous and unemotional (CU) traits seem to moderate intervention success for children displaying EBPs, specifically with regard to an oversensitivity to reward and undersensitivity to punishment. These traits are thought to be precursors to an adult diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder. There has been little work done that has utilized the techniques of applied behavior analysis, such as functional assessments and individualized behavior plans, for treatment in this population. Blanketed classroom\at-home approaches, such as the utilization of time-out, have usually been found ineffective for children with CU traits relative to their peers. The lack of sensitivity to punishment at this formative age is thought to influence maladaptive antisocial developmental trajectories. We discuss suggested assessments, intervention strategies, and outcome measures suitable to working with children with CU traits. |
|
Distinct Difficulties Expressing Empathy: Children With Autism Versus Children With Callous-Unemotional Traits |
LORI STUART (Behavior Consultation & Psychological Services) |
Abstract: Difficulty with empathy for many children with autism is interpreting others’ behavior. Children with CU traits understand how others think, they just don’t care. While children with autism have intact affective elements of empathy, children with CU traits lack this ability. The presenter will operationally define both the cognitive and affective elements of empathy, describe the difficulty with empathy in interpreting the behavior of others for many children with autism and describe how difficulty with empathy in children with autism is often addressed through social cognitive programs. The presenter will then describe the difficulty with the affective elements of empathy for children with CU traits and describe a strategy of providing analogies for children with CU traits. By discussing what they do care about and how other people care about the feelings of others, they can then emphasize the benefits of attending to others’ feelings as an indirect way of helping the children with CU traits meet their own needs or wants. |
|
A Behavioral Perspective on Active Shooters |
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
Abstract: The rise in active shooter incidents in schools and other places is boiled down by the media into gun control and mental health issues which prevents looking at the problem from other perspectives. The questions most people ask is “How can people do these things?” but the more important question to ask is “What are the variables that prevent most gun owners from doing the same things?” Most people who own guns do not commit these acts, by why not? This presentation will outline the necessary and sufficient conditions that will greatly increase the chances of someone becoming an active shooter. There are motivating operations (bullying, teasing, being ostracized, being rejected, notoriety motivated by the media, an internet subculture that glorifies shootings, etc.), not valuing one’s own life (nothing to lose), low/selective/no empathy for others and reduced/neutralized aversives (lowered or ineffective aversives, e.g., no fear of death or incarceration). Any one of these variables may figure into a variety of homicidal behavior, but they are all typically present in the active shooter scenarios. Guns do not “create” the active shooter, but they amplify damage and reduce response effort. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Refinements to Functional Communication Training Programs |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tara Hays (Children's Hospital Colorado ) |
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Tara Hays, M.A. |
Abstract: Using functional analysis to develop functional communication training (FCT) programs is a well-established mode of behavioral assessment and treatment. Broadly, refinements to FCT programs include helping practitioners and researchers make these programs more socially acceptable (Hays & Romani), address multiply maintained problem behaviors (Hardee, Mitteer, Fisher, Briggs, & Greer), and address treatment relapse following FCT (DeRosa, Sullivan, DeBartelo, & Roane; Shpall, Falcomata, Ramirez-Cristoforo, & Londono). Hays and Romani address social acceptability by evaluating procedures to introduce naturally occurring stimuli into FCT conducted within a multiple schedules arrangement. Hardee and colleagues show the effectiveness of using an “omnibus” functional communicative request to rapidly decrease multiply maintained problem behaviors. DeRosa and colleagues and Shpall and colleagues evaluate how the response topography used during FCT affects treatment relapse and the persistence of communication. Taken together, this symposium will provide attendees with an update on the most current research related to applying FCT in a variety of contexts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional communication, Multiple schedule, Resurgence |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers studying and implementing functional communication training. |
|
Transferring Stimulus Control to Naturally Occurring Stimuli During Functional Communication Training |
TARA HAYS (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: Therapist-arranged stimuli (e.g., red/green cards) during functional communication training (FCT) conducted within a multiple schedules design can call unnecessary attention to the individual and the stimuli can be lost or forgotten. To address these limitations, the current study evaluated stimulus fading to transfer stimulus control from therapist-arranged to naturally occurring stimuli during FCT. First, we demonstrated stimulus control using a therapist-arranged discriminative stimulus and S-Delta for two children engaging in problem behavior to access attention. Next, within a multiple baseline across contexts design, we gradually reduced the size of the therapist-arranged stimuli in the context of (a) an adult on their phone and (b) an adult looking through cabinets. The size of the cards were reduced until they were eliminated. By gradually decreasing the size of the therapist-arranged stimuli, we transferred treatment effects (i.e., decreased problem behavior, appropriate communication) to naturally occurring stimuli. These data will be discussed in terms of increasing the acceptability and effectiveness of FCT procedures. |
|
Evaluation of an Omnibus Functional Communication Response in the Treatment of Multiply Controlled Destructive Behavior |
ALEXANDRA HARDEE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used and effective treatment for socially reinforced destructive behavior. However, when a functional analysis suggests that destructive behavior is multiply controlled (e.g., by attention, tangibles, and escape), teaching and evaluating separate functional communication responses (FCRs) can be time-consuming or only partially effective when failing to address all establishing operations simultaneously. We evaluated the use of an omnibus FCR that produced access to attention, tangibles, and escape within each functional-analysis test condition for two boys with autism spectrum disorder who displayed multiply controlled destructive behavior. The omnibus-FCR treatment resulted in low rates of destructive behavior and high percentages of independent FCRs within each antecedent condition for both children. We then collaborated with each child’s caregivers to develop an FCT-based intervention that accounted for changes in each reinforcer’s availability (e.g., using a conditional multiple schedule, teaching precise FCRs). Our data suggest that using an omnibus FCR can teach communication skills and reduce destructive behavior quickly prior to introducing other treatment components. |
|
Using Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Improve the Efficacy of Functional Communication Training |
NICOLE M. DEROSA (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline DeBartelo (Student at Kaplan Universtiy), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a commonly used reinforcement-based intervention for challenging behavior. Although the majority of FCT research has focused on response-specific variables (i.e., effort) that affect outcomes, additional procedural variables have received increased attention. For example, invariant responding under single-operant arrangements may affect maintenance of therapeutic outcomes during FCT when treatment challenges are introduced (i.e., schedule thinning). Furthermore, researchers have evaluated the presence and impact of treatment relapse (i.e., resurgence) during FCT generalization. The purpose of the current study was threefold. First, we assessed participants’ proficiency and preference across functionally equivalent communication responses. Next, we evaluated the effects of progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement, under a concurrent-operant arrangement on varied communication and maintenance of clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior. Finally, we examined the effects of introducing multiple communication responses during FCT on resurgence of challenging behavior during treatment challenges. Clinical implications and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
Further Evaluations of the Effects of Mand Topography Proficiency on Persistence
of Communication and Resurgence of Problem Behavior |
CAYENNE SHPALL (Student), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: interventions for problem behavior. One element that has been shown to impact treatment
outcomes relating to FCT is the proficiency with which individuals can utilize individual
mand topographies that are targeted during the treatment. Ringdahl et al. (2009) found
that higher proficiency resulted in better outcomes during FCT relative to low proficiency
mands. Despite the demonstrated robustness of FCT as a treatment for problem behavior,
recent studies have also shown resurgence of problem behavior can ensue during FCT
when challenges to the treatment occur. We evaluated the effects of mand proficiency on
resurgence of problem behavior during FCT. First, we conducted a mand proficiency
assessment (MPA) with children who engaged in problem behavior. Based on the results
of the MPA, FCT was implemented with high and low-proficiency mand topographies.
Next, we evaluated resurgence (i.e extinction of mands and challenging behavior) across
the two-mand topographies as well as persistence of engagement in the respective mands.
Resurgence of problem behavior was similar across conditions; however greater
persistence in high proficiency mands was observed during extinction phases relative to
low proficiency mands. Potential clinical implications of the results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Basic and Applied Research on Reinforced Behavioral Variability |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Sara Pound, M.A. |
Abstract: In this symposium, presenters will describe basic and applied research in the field of operant variability. This symposium will be chaired by Armando Machado, who will provide brief commentary between presentations. First, Galizio and Odum will share a basic research study on the generalization of reinforced variability across response topographies, levers and nosepokes, in rats. Next, Roberts, Biondolillo, and Yarbrough will show data from a basic research study examining operant variability of timing responses in rats. Next, Falcomata, Bagwell, Ringdahl, McComas, and Shpall will present a translational research study using a human operant resurgence paradigm to determine the effects of using a lag schedule as an alternative response. Lastly, Wolfe, Pound, McCammon, Chezan, and Drasgow will present a systematic review of interventions that promote variability in communication for individuals with autism. They will analyze the existing research on variability interventions for individuals with autism and make recommendations for future research and clinical applications. Finally, Allen Neuringer will serve as the discussant and will discuss theoretical implications of this research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): FCT, operant variability, relapse, timing |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers; practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe current research on reinforced variability in nonhuman animals. 2. Participants will describe the application of research on variability to mitigating the effects of resurgence during FCT. 3. Participants will describe the current state of the literature on interventions to promote variability in individuals with ASD. |
|
Investigating Generalization of Reinforced Variability in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A great deal of research suggests that behavioral variability may be an operant, and can be controlled by reinforcement. If variability is an operant, then variability training should generalize across situations. The present study was designed to determine whether variability training on one response topography would generalize to another response topography. In Phase 1 of this experiment, rats produced four-response sequences across two nosepoke apertures (e.g., LRLR, where L and R indicate left and right responses, respectively). One group of rats (Vary) earned food for producing sequences of nosepokes that differed sufficiently from previous sequences using a threshold contingency, in which only infrequent sequences produced a reinforcer. The other group (Yoke) earned food at the same rate, but was not required to vary. In Phase 1, levels of variability were high for the Vary group and low for the Yoke group. In Phase 2, all rats were exposed to a threshold contingency for lever presses. If rats in the Vary group learned to vary lever presses more quickly than the Yoke group, then it is likely that variability training generalized across response topographies. Such evidence of generalization would support the idea that variability is an operant and inform clinical applications. |
|
The Impact of Reinforcement Contingency on Interresponse Time in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
JAROD CLARK ROBERTS (Arkansas State University), Kris Biondolillo (Arkansas State University), Gary Yarbrough (Arkansas Northeastern College) |
Abstract: Current research in the area of operant variability suggests that response variability can be controlled by operant reinforcement; however, there have been few studies of variation in timing of responses. To investigate the latter phenomenon, five female Wistar rats were exposed to a series of contingencies in which subjects were required to vary the times between lever press responses in order to obtain reinforcement. After a baseline condition, rats were exposed to three increasingly demanding variability contingencies with a return to baseline following each, and finally a comparison phase in which reinforcement probability was limited. It was predicted that subjects would vary sequences of responses as a function of variability contingency. The results of the study supported this hypothesis, with high levels of interresponse time variability observed, particularly in the most stringent variability contingency. These results support the notion that reinforcement can control variability in the timing of operant responding. |
|
A Comparison of Lag Schedules and a Serial Approach to Training Multiple Responses on Persistence and Resurgence of Responding Within an Analogue of Functional Communication Training |
(Applied Research) |
Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Cayenne Shpall (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Myriad previous studies have demonstrated the efficacy of functional communication training (FCT) for the treatment of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with disabilities. However, resurgence may occur if the treatment is challenged by lapses in fidelity. One strategy for “inoculating” against resurgence of problem behavior involves the teaching of multiple modalities of communication during FCT. In the current human operant-based study serving as an analogue to FCT, we alternated two conditions across a 3-phase resurgence preparation. During Phase A, in both conditions, a target response was reinforced on a variable ratio (VR) 10-s schedule. During Phase B, target responding was on extinction in both conditions; an alternative response was reinforced on sequential (i.e., serial) fixed ratio (FR) 1 schedules in one condition and multiple responses were reinforced on a Lag 3 schedule in the other condition. During Phase C, all responses across both conditions were on extinction and persistence of alternative responding and resurgence of targeting responding was compared across conditions. Results varied with regard to resurgence of target responding while the majority of subjects exhibited higher persistence of alternative responding in the Lag schedule condition. Future avenues of research and potential implications of the current results will be discussed. |
|
A Systematic Review of Interventions to Promote Variable Communication Behaviors in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
SARA POUND (SCABA), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina), Laura C. Chezan (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: Abstract: Some individuals with ASD do not acquire vocal language, and those who do may engage in repetitive communicative behaviors that can limit skill acquisition, access to reinforcement, and access to less restrictive settings. Basic and applied research indicate that variability, or the extent to which responses are topographically different from one another, is influenced by antecedent and consequence interventions. Our purpose in this study was to systematically review the literature on interventions to increase variable communication behaviors in individuals with ASD. We identified 31 articles through a database search, and screened them using the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) Single-Case Design Standards. Twenty studies containing 58 cases met WWC Design Standards. We coded the descriptive characteristics and strength of evidence, based on visual analysis, from each of these 20 studies. Our results indicate that mands and intraverbals were the most frequently targeted verbal operants, and that lag schedules were the most common intervention used to promote variability (65%). Most cases (72%) provide strong evidence of a functional relation between the interventions and varied communicative behavior. We will discuss the implications of our results for practice and for future research on interventions targeting variability with this population. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why You Are Still Biased, Prejudiced, and Culturally Incompetent: Behavioral Conceptualizations to Possible Solutions |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2 |
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Every attendee at this conference, including you, is impacted by social and clinical effects of bias, racism, and cultural incompetency; it’s critical to further conceptual and theoretical study of, and practical approaches to, mitigating those effects. This is a local, global, and personal problem. Personal because of our direct experiences of discrimination. Personal, too, because you suffer bias’s negative effects as a clinician, related to client outcomes and career burnout. Locally, communities and schools continue to experience the devastating effects of bigotry and racism. Globally, we are disseminating our science and practice into new cultures but creating extraordinary ethical risk when we replicate ‘what has worked’ without culturally adapting and researching carefully. You are not immune from these concerns if you don’t work internationally. In a global world, diversity is so much more than visible differences, and your assessments, interventions, and interactions require nuanced and practiced cultural competencies: in higher education, in clinical practice, in training and supervision. Behavior science can help ameliorate these clinical and social effects in career, education, community, and international settings. We will share some of what we’ve found to work. Join us as we continue the fight to mitigate bias and increase multi-cultural competencies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Bias mitigation, Burnout, Cultural competency, Diversity |
Target Audience: This topic of diversity, bias, burnout, and multicultural competency applies to every person living, working, and learning in the field of ABA. The topic is growing in importance, and everyone from students through seasoned doctoral level experts will benefit from exploring how all of us are affected by implicit cognition - and to learn how to culturally adapt our effective behavior analytic practices to cross-cultural, non-Western, and diverse populations of clients and students. |
Learning Objectives: Explain racism and prejudice from the perspective of radical behaviorism. Describe two ways RFT and ACT can be utilized to ameliorate the effects of racism, prejudice and discrimination in school settings. Define a behavioral conceptualization of implicit cognition. Specify how to assess bias with a behavior analytic, computer based tool. Discuss two methods to intervene on patterns of behavior related to the construct of burnout. Utilize culturally adapted behavior analytic procedures to enhance outcomes of cross-cultural interventions. List three key methods for teaching multicultural competencies to graduate students while simultaneously accommodating students from different cultural backgrounds. |
|
A Brief Behavior-Analytic Conceptual and Applied Review of Racism, Prejudice, and Discrimination |
(Theory) |
KOZUE MATSUDA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Children Center Inc), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Despite ongoing efforts to eradicate racism, it persists globally, affecting education, health, and employment. The science of behavior analysis aids in understanding human behavior but requires constant evaluation to improve its methods. Recent research on relational frame theory (RFT) and acceptance and commitment theory (ACT), both based on contextual behavioral science (CBS), has helped this evolution. CBS provides new tools for dealing with racism issues in basic and applied studies. The purpose of this paper is to provide a brief conceptual and applied behavior-analytic review of racism, prejudice and discrimination. First, we present an analysis of racism, prejudice and discrimination from the traditional behavior-analytic perspective. Second, we describe the role of CBS in racism research. Third, we explain the roles RFT and ACT can play in ameliorating the clinical and social effects of racism, prejudice and discrimination, and briefly discuss applications in school settings. |
|
Culturally Focused Caregiver Training to Increase Praise for Ghanaian Students With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
ASHLEY ELIZABETH KNOCHEL (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of behavior-analytic interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is well- documented. However, little is known about the contextual appropriateness or translational capacity of those interventions in non-western cultures. ASD treatment centers in majority world countries lack funding for teacher or staff training. Thus, those programs rely heavily on the western community for training supports. Therefore, research on how to best culturally adapt training methods is crucial for increasing training effectiveness and sustainable dissemination of behavior-analytic services around the world. This study examined the impact of self-monitoring with performance feedback on caregivers’ use of culturally adapted praise. We also measured collateral effects on student academic engagement. Four caregivers and four students with autism in Accra, Ghana participated. Results indicated that self-monitoring and performance feedback effectively increased caregivers’ use of praise across phases. Additionally, adaptations to the topography of praise were critical for establishing desired student outcomes. This experiment provides an impetus for further examination of behavior-analytic interventions for children with autism in non-western contexts. |
|
Assessing Implicit Cognition Related to Burnout and its Relevance for Behavior Analysts |
(Applied Research) |
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (CARD; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Although the construct of implicit bias was formulated by researchers of a social-cognitive orientation, contemporary advancements in behavior analysis have allowed for a functional-behavioral conceptualization of implicit cognition and a corresponding computer-based assessment tool. While much of the research on implicit bias has focused on areas traditionally associated with diversity, such as race, ethnicity, and gender, research of implicit cognition is by no means limited to these topics. This paper will present ongoing interdisciplinary research at the University of Nevada School of Medicine which focuses on the assessment of implicit cognition across a broad range of domains, including but not limited to burnout among medical students. Burnout, its sources, its impact on well-being and behavior, and efforts to mitigate its effects are currently top priorities within the field of medical training, but behavior analysts would be remiss if we did not consider the relevance of burnout in our own field, from behavior technicians to BCBAs, administrators, and academicians. Relational Frame Theory and Contextual Behavioral Science provide a useful framework to conceptualize, assess, and ultimately intervene on patterns of behavior related to the construct of burnout, which is of social significance to people in virtually all areas of professional life. |
|
Sensitivity in Teaching Multicultural Competencies: Developing Frameworks for Teaching Graduate Students From Diverse Cultural Backgrounds |
(Service Delivery) |
VANESSA PATRONE (Daemen College), Vicki Madaus Knapp (Daemen College) |
Abstract: As the demand for behavior analytic services grow, we can expect to see increased diversity among both people seeking behavior analytic services and people seeking licensure or certification as behavior analysts. We must consider the best methods for teaching multicultural competencies to graduate students while simultaneously accommodating students from different cultural backgrounds. This case study describes a potential framework for a parallel process of remaining culturally sensitive as instructors while teaching students how to maintain their ethical responsibility of cultural sensitivity when practicing as a behavior analyst. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Data Collection Procedures During Discrete Trial Teaching |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, M.S. |
Abstract: There are several data collection procedures available to the interventionist during discrete trial teaching (DTT). These include, but are not limited to, first trial data collection, probe data, trial-by-trial data collection, and estimation data. This symposium features two comparisons of trial-by-trial and estimation data during DTT in two different instructional formats. The first presentation compared the two data collection procedures while teaching tact relations in a one-to-one instructional format. The second presentation extends the findings of the first by comparing the two data collection procedures while teaching tact relations in a group instructional format. The symposium will close with comments on the relative strengths and limitations of presentations as well as future areas of research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): data collection, DTT, estimation |
Target Audience: Any individual providing supervision of staff providing ABA-based intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism will benefit from this symposium in addition to those providing direct intervention. Clinical or site directors in charge of making data based decisions and determining data collection systems for use agency wide will also benefit from this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, the participants will be able to: 1. identify and describe the conditions under which various data collection systems are more or less preferred within a DTT context 2. identify the strengths and limitations of at least two approaches of data collection within a DTT context 3. describe the methods to collect estimation data when using DTT to train tact relations for individuals diagnosed with autism within group and one-on-one instructional formats |
|
A Comparison of Data Collection Procedures Used During Discrete Trial Teaching to Teach Tact Relations |
ANNA DOTSON (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: There are many data collection procedures utilized during discrete trial teaching (DTT) including first trial data collection, probe data, trial-by-trial data collection, and estimation data. Continuous, or trial-by-trial, data collection consists of the interventionist collecting data on learner behavior on each trial. Estimation data consists of the interventionist estimating learner performance after a teaching session using a rating scale. The purpose of the present study was to compare trial-by-trial data collection to estimation data collection during DTT to teach children expressive labels. The data collection procedures were examined in terms of accuracy of data collection, efficiency of teaching (i.e., number of trials delivered per session), and rate of child acquisition of targets. Results of the adapted alternating treatment design replicated across three participants and multiple targets will be discussed. |
|
Comparing Two Data Collection Procedures When Using Discrete Trial Teaching to Teach Tact Relations Within a Group Instructional Format |
ASIM JAVED (Autism Partnership Foundation Academy), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Amanda Griffin (Autism Partnership), Tracey Terhune (Autism Partnership), Christine Milne-Seminara (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Most research comparing data collection procedures has been done during one-to-one discrete trial teaching (DTT; e.g., Cummings & Carr, 2009; Taubman, Leaf, McEachin, Papovich, & Leaf, 2013). This study aimed to extend previous literature comparing continuous methods of data collection to estimation data but this time implementing the data collection procedures within group discrete trial teaching with three individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Group discrete trial teaching was completed in a classroom setting using relevant academic targets for each child. The data collection procedures were examined in terms of accuracy of data collection, efficiency of teaching (i.e., number of trials delivered per session), and rate of child acquisition of targets. Results of the adapted alternating treatment design replicated across sets and multiple targets will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Restorative Justice: Birds of a Feather? |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jack Treadway (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana - Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Please Select... |
Abstract: Restorative Justice (RJ) practices have been implemented within the contexts of school, community corrections, and criminal justice systems. These practices provide those directly and indirectly affected by harmful behaviors and perpetrators opportunities to effectively repair harm, leading to the reintegration of the community. Such processes have been adopted by only a few professional USA-based organizations, typically those directly involved in propagating RJ. Additionally, these practices have only recently been the topic of behavior analytic research. This symposium will provide an introduction to the basic features of RJ, highlight the similarities between RJ and behavior-analytic principles, and provide an example of behavior analytic research with RJ. The first paper will also provide recommendations for implementing RJ techniques in professional organizations such as ABAI. The second paper will present methods, findings, and implications from an empirical study within the school system implementing RJ principles using performance feedback techniques. The second paper will also discuss the potential to use Behavioral Skills Training to build competency and fluency with RJ techniques. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Performance feedback, Professional Organizations, Restorative Justice, Schools |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts and counselors; graduate students; faculty; officers in professional organizations |
Learning Objectives: Learning outcome 1: Describe the basic assumptions and processes of restorative justice and its overlaps with behavior-analytic principles.
Learning outcome 2: Discuss considerations for implementing RJ within the context of professional organizations.
Learning outcome 3: Describe behavioral methods of building capacity and fluency among those implementing RJ. |
|
Restorative Justice Within the Context of Professional Organizations: Is RJ the Way? |
JEFFREY PAVLACIC (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Stefan Schulenberg (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Restorative Justice (RJ) practices are rarely implemented within the context of professional organizations, despite their effectiveness in reducing recidivism within the Criminal Justice (CJ) system. RJ, broadly, is a theory with roots in CJ traditionally designed to detract recidivism and guide the effective reparation of harm. The overarching goal of RJ is to provide parties affected by harm an opportunity for engagement in the resolution process, thereby enhancing community well-being and reintegrating victims and offenders. Overlap exists between RJ and basic behavior-analytic principles. Behavior is a function of context, where behaviors reinforced are more likely to occur in the future. Unfortunately, traditional correctional systems are punishment-focused, which may lead to eliciting, discriminative, behavior-suppressing, and physiological effects. Thus, implementing RJ practices from a reinforcement-focused, behavior-analytic approach may effectively address misconduct within professional organizations. The current paper reviews RJ principles and their overlap with BA principles. Additionally, we provide recommendations for implementing RJ within the context of professional organizations, such as Applied Behavior Analysis International. |
|
Using Single-Subject Design to Evaluate School Restorative Justice Technologies |
DARREN AITCHISON (National Louis University) |
Abstract: In prior research, Restorative Justice (RJ) has been implemented to reduce conflict and produce positive behavior change in the American school and criminal justice systems. Peace Circes and victim-offender reconciliation programs (VORP) are used in place of traditional, punitive-based systems. These programs specifically are heavily used within the criminal justice system. Performance feedback has been implemented to produce skill improvement at the organizational level. Monitoring, coaching, and feedback on an employee’s performance are given at regular time intervals. In this study, three teachers, one administrator, and three students were each given feedback and coaching on how they managed chronic misbehavior in delayed multiple baseline designs. Results suggested that when exposed to performance feedback and coaching on RJ at full implementation, student discipline referrals decreased significantly, suggesting that the independent variable may have been responsible for the measured behavior change. Implications of these results and the potential to improve fluency and capacity for implementing RJ using other behavioral techniques (e.g., Behavioral Skills Training) will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis for All: Building Systems to Help Children Through Transdisciplinary Behavioral Approach |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Nirvana Pistoljevic, Ph.D. |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Edus-Education for All) |
Nirvana Pistoljevic received her B.A. in Psychology from Rutgers University. Then, from Teachers College she received an M.A. in General and Special Education, Ed.M. in Instructional Practices in Special Education and an M.Phil. in Behaviorsim. In 2008, she received a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis in Education from Columbia University, where she has been teaching for the past 9 years at the Graduate School of Education. Dr. Pistoljevic has achieved the rank of Assistant Research Scientist through the CABAS® system and is a published researcher and invited lecturer in the fields of education, psychology, behavioral science, e-learning, early childhood development, and language development. Her current research interests include development of early childhood sevices, science of teaching, behavioral approach in assessment, early childhood development, language development, observational learning, inclusion, behavior-environment interactions, teacher training and behavioral systems. Also, Dr. Pistoljevic is committed in helping children with Autism and other developmental disorders in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where she is one of the founders of an NGO “EDUS-Education for All” committed to advancing educational practices in this country. She is currently spending most of her time in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where she is working with the UN agencies (UNICEF and UNDP) and USAID, training her staff of 60 professionals, providing education and services for over 200 children through 4 different EDUS programs, running first Early Intervention program in BiH, conducting research and writing. With the support of a UNICEF grant, she created first B&H developmental behavioral screening and monitoring tool for detection of developmental delays and/or monitoring children’s’ development birth through start of school, also an evaluation and educational program creating tool for children with and without developmental disorders, and curricula for parent education and future parent education. Currently, in partnership with UNICEF in B&H, she is conducting preschool and schoolteachers training, developing early detection and intervention systems, and developing materials for transdisciplinary teams “around the child”. She is also working with UNICEF- Palestine on different modalities on implementation of National Early Detection and Intervention Policy, creating the early detection and intervention system, and training the professional staff from health, education, higher education and social care sectors. In B&H with the support of an USAID research grant, with the transdisciplinary team of professors form UK and USA, she is work on the validation of the developmental screening and monitoring app, development of protocol for ASD diagnostics, and research on the best model of early intervention services for B&H and low and mid-income countries. With the Public Health Institute and Ministry of Health of Montenegro, she is working on developing a first Center for Children Diagnosed with Autism, where all children in additoin to diagnostics will be able to receive education and support services. With UNICEF Serbia, she is working on traning preschool and kindergarten teachers on best evidence-based practices for sucessful inclusion of all chidren, and creating a model for development and implementation of Serbian version of IFSP and IEP. She is also a president of a Bosnian-Herzegovinian-American Academy of Arts and Sciences (BHAAAS), and organizes and chairs a largest multidisciplinary scientific conference in Balkans every year. She is also one of 9 nominees for 2019 Brock International Prize in Education. |
Abstract: EDUS-Education for All is a non-for-profit organization trying to bring science, newest methods and conduct research in the fields of early detection, diagnostics, intervention, and inclusion of children with developmental disorders. EDUS creates systematic approaches and trains transdisciplinary teams of service providers using behavioral principles to advance health, education and social care systems in low resource countries. In partnership with UNICEF, USAID and relevant ministries in Bosnia and Herzegovina, EDUS was able to work on developing Early Detection and Intervention concepts for the country, and to provide services based on a behavioral but transdisciplinary approach for thousands of children through health, education and social care systems. We have created and standardized a behavioral developmental instrument, to detect and monitor early childhood development and tested it on over 2500 children in order to create developmental norms for the country. Now as an easy to use App, this behavioral tool will aid pediatricians in early detection and monitoring. Same process has now been started with UNICEF-Palestine for children in Gaza and West Bank, creating their developmental norms and behavioral approach to screening, monitoring, and advancing development. I will also talk about our research in application of technology and molecular biology to help detect and diagnose children with ASD and other neurodevelopmental disorders, and our research on methodologies for inducing language and other developmental milestones when they do not develop naturally. Our goal is development of reliable and evidence based methods for low and mid-income countries in order to advance health and education practices for children with and without disorders. We focus on transdisciplinary research and projects based on collaboration of medical, technical and social sciences. I will show you how using the science of Applied Behavior Analysis across several mid-income countries with limited resources can promote early childhood development with concrete steps, measures, tools and applications. It’s a showcase of the power behavioral science has for advancement of outcomes for all human kind. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify critical components of Early Detection and Intervention Systems needed for a country to be able to provide services to children with developmental disorders in early childhood; (2) apply concrete steps in order to create a behavior-based transdisciplinary approach to intervention; (3) communicate with professionals from other fields using behavioral tools; (4) use applied behavior analysis in collaboration with other fields to promote early childhood development. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why are the Behavioral Sciences Not More Effective: Reprise |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University) |
Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt is a Professor in the Rehabilitation Services undergraduate program and an affiliated faculty in the Behavior Analysis and Therapy program. She holds a Ph.D. (1998) and MA (1995) from the Behavior Analysis Program (in Psychology) at the University of Nevada, and a BA (1993) in psychology from the University of Puget Sound. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Rehfeldt has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, behavioral assessment, principles of behavior, introduction to behavior analysis, verbal behavior, and radical behaviorism. Dr. Rehfeldt has authored nearly 100 articles and book chapters, primarily in the areas of derived stimulus relations and verbal behavior. Dr. Rehfeldt has served as the editor of The Psychological Record for 12 years and has been an editorial board member for a number of behavior analytic journals over the years.
She has co-edited one textbook with Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, entitled Derived Relational Responding: Applications for Learners with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities: A Progressive Guide to Change, and is currently co-editing a textbook tentatively entitled, Applied Behavior Analysis of Language and Cognition, with Mitch Fryling, Jonathan Tarbox, and Linda Hayes. |
Abstract: The controversy over whether behavior analysts should not only examine, but intervene on, private events has not ended. Reluctance to incorporate analyses of covert language processes into applied behavior analyses has limited our field’s scope. Moreover, applied behavior analysis continues to focus its energies predominantly on small-scale studies in highly controlled environments while larger societal problems flourish. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss how the concepts encompassed by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy can be applied to several very diverse areas of social concern, including: 1) human service agency staff training; 2) health prevention behaviors; and 3) marine conservation. I will articulate the often underappreciated relationship between relational learning and psychological inflexibility and experiential avoidance, and will describe how concepts such as acceptance, values, and committed actions can have an impact in building the adaptive repertoires needed to resolve a number of small and large-scale issues of social significance. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relationship between ACT and Relational Frame Theory; (2) discuss an overview of procedures and results from staff training studies on components of ACT; (3) conceptualize possible areas of application of behavioral principles to health-related and conservation behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Easier Said Than Done: Practical Supervision Across Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A. |
Chair: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
LISA DAVIES (By Your Side) |
LAUREN J LESTREMAU (Ivymount School) |
ROSIE WARD (Reach ABA) |
Abstract: The quality of the supervision experience for future behavior analysts is assumed to be a factor predictive of the quality of their practice (Turner, Fischer, & Luiselli, 2016). Although the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has taken steps to increase the likelihood of effective supervision by mandating completion of an 8-hour supervision training (BACB, 2012), increasing the time period before new behavior analysts may supervise others (BACB, 2017), and adding supervision to the BACB task list (BACB, 2017), there are still variations and disparities as to the frequency, quality, and manner in which supervision is provided. One major reason for such variations is likely the settings in which supervision takes place, with different environments offering different benefits and supervision opportunities, as well as different challenges and considerations (Carr & Nosik, 2017). In this panel, the speakers will describe their experiences providing BACB supervision in three common settings: a private day school, a clinic, and in the home. Speakers will discuss how they have adjusted their supervision practices to best suit their environment and will provide practical recommendations and considerations for new supervisors or those who will begin supervising in the future. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This panel is geared toward early career BCBAs who (a) provide supervision currently (to behavior analytic supervisees), (b) will provide supervision in the future, and (c) supervise individuals who supervise others, particularly others who are early BCBAs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe practices for implementing the new BACB supervision standards across training settings, (2) compare and contrast considerations for supervision aligned to different settings, (3) identify training methods for development of supervision skills aligned to setting, and (4) state strategies to address challenges unique to individual training settings. |
Keyword(s): BACB Supervision, Clinical Training, Effective Supervision, Supervision Practices |
|
|
|
|
|
SAFMEDS: Historical Perspectives, State of the Art, and University Course Applications |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Donald M. Stenhoff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a well-tested and validated learning tool that has evolved with changing technologies. The effectiveness of SAFMEDS has been demonstrated across learners from preschool through college-aged individuals. As the amount of information increases, so does the need for college-aged leaners to acquire information at a high rate and to demonstrate acquisition from testing at universities to national board examinations. Thus, using SAFMEDS in college courses is an ideal way to meet the growing demands placed on students. In this symposium, the evolution of the technology and application of SAMEDS will be discussed. In the first presentation, the past, present, and future of SAFMEDS will be described. In the second presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which two SAFMEDS procedures were assessed and the effect on undergraduate student achievement in an introductory applied behavior analysis course. In the third presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which paper versus digital SAFMEDS were evaluated with master’s students in an applied behavior analysis program. Results will be discussed in terms of participant performance related to SAFMEDS format, and format preference. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): College teaching, Precision teaching, SAFMEDS, Standard celeration |
Target Audience: College instructors, BCBA supervisors, educators |
|
SAFMEDS in the Digital Age |
Richard Kubina (Penn State), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: SAFMEDS offer a well-tested, validated learning tool aimed at generating behavioral fluency in verbal or graphic information. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) have applicability spanning preschool to college-aged and beyond. From there inception SAFMEDS have appeared in mostly a paper medium. Instructors would create their SAFMEDS on paper or an Excel or Word template. The resulting paper product allowed learners to use practice and learn the targeted content anywhere. As Precision Teaching has evolved through the digital age so too has SAFMEDS. The current presentation will discuss the past, present, and future of SAFMEDS. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of Two Variations of SAFMEDS in an Introductory
Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Course |
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Armstrong State University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Sal Ruiz (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a practice and assessment
procedure developed to help students learn and build fluency on key facts (Graf & Lindsley, 2002). SAFMEDS is typically used to help students become fluent in definitions and basic concepts, thus making complex learning and later synthesis of concepts more likely. The present study examines the impact of two types of SAFMEDS procedures on student achievement. First, is the use of a traditional whole deck practice. Second, is dividing the deck into segments and practicing each segment to fluency. Participants include two sections of an Intro to ABA course at the undergraduate level. Results are displayed on a digital Standard
Celeration Chart. Data demonstrate that students respond at higher rates with smaller deck segments, but make more errors when compared to a full deck practice model. A discussion of the benefits and detriments of each type of practice could guide future practice routines for students. |
|
Comparing Paper and Digital SAFMEDS to Increase Masters Students’ Behavioral Terminology Fluency: Does Performance Differ by Format, and Which Format is Preferred? |
DONALD M. STENHOFF (Arizona State University), Richard M. Kubina (Penn State) |
Abstract: Students of behavior analysis are required to verbally demonstrate knowledge of dozens of behavioral terms and definitions during their programs. Their demonstration becomes more important for academic and career success when asked to overtly respond either vocally in class or answering items on national exams. A Precision Teaching methodology, SAFMEDS (Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled), was developed in the 1970s by Ogden Lindsey to increase behavioral fluency. SAFMEDS has been used to increase fluency of behavioral terminology with college students. Students typically use SAFMEDS that are printed on cards; however, researchers have also used SAFMEDS in digital format, presented on a computer or a handheld device. In this presentation, we will describe a study in which students in two courses in an on-campus Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program used both paper and digital formats to study behavioral terminology. The participants used both versions of SAFMEDS across three phases, which concluded with students selecting which format they preferred. Correct and incorrect responses were recorded in an online standard celeration chart. Results will be discussed in terms of participant performance related to SAFMEDS format, and format preference. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Procedures for Teaching Children With Autism to Communicate Using Speech-Generating Devices |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Wendy A. Machalicek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Approximately 30% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder do not develop speech. As a result, there may be benefits from interventions that teach the use speech-generating devices to establish verbal behavior repertoires. Numerous studies have shown the effectiveness of teaching the use of speech-generating devices in the context of basic manding. However, extension of this research is needed to evaluate procedures for teaching advanced verbal behavior for children who use SGDs. This symposium will present empirical data related to teaching verbal behavior to children using speech-generating devices. The first single case study evaluated procedures aimed at teaching two nonvocal children with autism spectrum disorder to use a speech-generating device to mand to their peer and engage in listener responding. The second study replicates the procedures from Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg (2016) to teach children who use speech-generating devices tacts of noun-verb combinations using matrix training. Wendy Machalicek will sever as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, generalization, speech-generating device, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Target audience are practitioners, students, and researchers in the field of applied behavior analysis who work with individuals with autism who have limited communication skills. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn about nonvocal children with autism learning to communicate use SGDs. 2. Participants will learn about two types of intervention smethods to teach communication to children using SGDs. 3. Participants will understand the implications of interventions as they relate to generalization of these skills. |
|
Teaching Mands to Peers and Peer Listener Behavior to Children With Autism Using a Speech-Generating Device |
(Applied Research) |
JOSHUA CHARPENTIER (Butterfly Effects), Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder with limited speech are often taught to use speech-generating devices as an alternative communication mode. Intervention with speech-generating devices often begins by teaching the child to mand for, or request, preferred objects. To date, research on teaching children to produce mands for actions via a speech-generating device is limited. In the present study, we evaluated procedures aimed at teaching two nonvocal children with autism spectrum disorder to use a speech-generating device to mand to their peer and engage in listener responding. Naturalistic teaching procedures were used to teach both speaker and listener behavior. We also assessed for maintenance of the skill over time. A multiple baseline design across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this intervention. Both participants acquired the mands to peer and listener responding. These results suggest the feasibility to teaching mands to peers and listener behavior to children who communicate using speech-generating devices. |
|
Matrix Training to Promote Recombinative Generalization in Children With Autism Using a Speech Generating Device |
(Applied Research) |
VIDESHA MARYA (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
Abstract: Approximately 30% of individuals diagnosed with autism fail to develop vocal communication. For these individuals, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) systems such as manual signs, picture exchange communication system (PECS), and speech generating devices (SGD) are often used. Numerous studies have shown the effectiveness of selection-based pictorial systems to promote functional communication. However, there is a dearth of research on strategies to teach advanced verbal behavior using SGDs. The current study presents a replication and extension of previous work conducted with vocal children teaching tacts of noun-verb combinations using matrix training (Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg, 2016). Three males diagnosed with autism were exposed to matrix training with mastered tacts of nouns (e.g., “elephant”) and verbs (e.g. “reading”). Two matrices were constructed (Matrix 1 and Generalization matrix), using mastered nouns and verbs. Following baseline of the matrices, diagonal targets within Matrix 1 were trained (e.g., “elephant reading”). Post-tests were conducted for the Generalization matrix followed by post-tests for Matrix 1. Two participants showed recombinative generalization with the Generalization matrix after training of diagonal targets in Matrix 1. For the third participant, correct responding with the Generalization matrix targets was observed after training with four different matrices (Matrix 1 – 4). |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding Complex Relational Stimulus Control Does Not Require a Relational Frame Theory |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Is a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) really required to account for responding to complex relations between stimuli? This symposium will provide alternative accounts not requiring a hypothetical relational operant for relational responding found in both the experimental laboratory and more applied or everyday settings. The emergence of relational responding has been explained by RFT as a product of a history of multiple exemplar training. However, the formation of relational responding might be better characterized by the process of adduction. We will look at an experimental study that explores this idea. This symposium will also review procedures in applied settings that produce responding to relational stimuli that have their origin in research beginning over 60 years ago, and that have routinely been applied to establishing complex “relational responding” for decades. These procedures demonstrate that central to establishing control by relational stimuli is the non-example, and that it is discrepancy as well as sameness that is critical to establishing such control. The contribution of hierarchal and coordinate abstract tacts to understanding the acquisition of complex relational responding in both controlled and everyday settings will be described. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Adduction, abstract-tact |
Target Audience: Basic and applied behavior analysts |
|
Equivalence Relations: Emergence or Adduction? |
(Basic Research) |
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: When people are taught the conditional discriminations A-B and B-C, untrained conditional discriminations often emerge (e.g, B-A, C-B, A-C, C-A). A, B, and C become interchangeable events in the contingency and are said to be members of an equivalence class. Current explanations of the emergence of stimulus equivalence point to the immediate history of conditional-discrimination training (Sidman, 2000), perhaps to organismic variables (Sidman, 1992, 1994), and to a history of differential reinforcement across multiple exemplars (Hayes, 1991; Hughes & Barnes-Holmes, 2016). In addition to training history, the explanations also include some kind of selection mechanism that occurs during testing. That mechanism could be seen as a context controlling the appropriate relational response (Hayes, 1991) or as a process that screens out alternative stimulus control (Sidman, 1992). These views suggest that equivalence will emerge as a result of the right training history and favorable testing conditions. An alternative to this view is that equivalence classes may be the result of the fusion of two (or more) repertoires (Hineline, 1997), as exemplified by the process of adduction (Andronis, 1983). This presentation will explore this alternative and present an experiment relevant to this question. |
|
Responding to Complex Relations Among and Between Stimuli: The Intradiemesional and Interdimensional Abstract Tact |
(Theory) |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC) |
Abstract: Treatments of the tact often do not extend beyond the simple tact. Skinner (1957), however, described the abstract tact where the speaker’s behavior is guided by a subset of stimulus properties. The abstract tact “chair” is guided not by a specific piece of furniture, but by features of that stimulus. Layng (in press) has described such guidance as an “intradimensional” tact. Abstract tacts also include behavior under control of relations between stimuli, such as distant, larger, opposite, same, different, me, you, to believe, etc. Layng (2014; 2016; in press) describes these relations as “interdimentional” tacts. This presentation will describe how these relations may be analyzed and sequences designed for their effective teaching, often without using match-to-sample procedures. It will be argued that these procedures may more closely resemble how these relations are acquired outside the laboratory than do the match-to-sample preparations often found in the laboratory. Further, it will be shown how such interdimensional tacts form the basis of “autoclitic frames,” whereby interdimensional relations can guide both speaker and listener behavior in completely novel situations, such as, “Y believes X will…” No hypothetical arbitrarily applicable relational operant is required to understand or teach these relations. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Pragmatic Look at Integrating Functional Analysis and Accompanying Function-Based Interventions in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center) |
Discussant: Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Slaton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For many people with disabilities, challenging behavior is a significant barrier to learning and full participation at school and at home. Researchers have demonstrated by using functional analysis, it is possible to identify the function of challenging behavior through systematic experimental manipulation of variables, and based upon that function, design an effective intervention. Iwata et al. (1994) introduced the functional analysis to the science of behavior. This in-depth process has inspired myriad adaptations and systematic replications of the functional analysis process evaluating different conditions, settings, and durations. In this presentation we will focus on four issues related to functional analysis and function-based treatments utilized by practitioners. First, we will review data from interviews of experts in functional analysis, and a survey of BCBA’s and BCBA-D’s regarding their use of components of functional analysis. Second, we will review data from researchers examining the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA). One, studying the effects of function-based intervention, implemented by paraprofessionals in a classroom context. The second researcher will examine the replication of the function-based intervention with parents as implementers. Finally, there will be an examination of function-based intervention on PICA following an adaption of standard functional analysis. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): delay tolerance, FCT, functional analysis, IISCA |
Target Audience: BCBAs looking to add functional analysis and function-based intervention to their repertoires. Additionally, practitioners that work in home and clinical settings working with parents and paraprofessionals. |
Learning Objectives: The presenters will provide information and discussion on functional analysis in practice across settings, populations and professionals. Instructors will outline simple and pragmatic avenues to using functional analysis and look to describe derived treatments for a variety of response classes. Additionally, the presenters will seek to detail the prevalence of functional analysis in practice and bring awareness to the need to maintain an approach that is empirically verifiable. |
|
Evaluating Recommendations Versus Utilization of the Essential Components of a Functional Analysis Procedure |
ALISSA CONWAY (Drexel University) |
Abstract: The current dissertation project is a descriptive analysis composed of two interrelated studies. The dissertation proposes an opportunity to identify the essential components deemed necessary by behavior analytic experts in the field to implement and analyze a functional analysis (FA) followed by an examination of which of these components are utilized consistently by practitioners in the field. The project involves one interview and one survey; the interview is directed toward experts in functional analysis in behavior analysis, and the survey is directed toward Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board-Certified Behavior Analysts- Doctoral Level (BCBA-Ds) actively practicing functional analysis in the field of behavior analysis. The outcome data for the expert interview recommendations will be presented in comparison to the survey outcome data for the utilization of functional analysis components by practitioners. |
|
The Implementation of Function-Based Intervention by Paraprofessionals Resulting From Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis |
DIMITRIOS V. MAKRIDIS (Haugland Learning Center; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric Anderson (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The application of function-based intervention by paraprofessionals in the classroom context, requires extensive training and experience to be effective and impactful. Functional communication training (FCT), specifically mand training, has served as a standard intervention, and has been utilized as a default replacement for problem behavior by practitioners. While mand training is effective in increasing communication responses in contrived and instructional settings, often it does not result in generalization and independence across people and settings. This is mostly related to the extinguishing effects of synthesized contingencies in the natural environment. On the other hand, when FCT is paired with a contingency-based delay and denial tolerance, it is programmed to address these synthesized contingencies by establishing a functional, generalizable, and long-lasting replacement behavior. Three individuals with developmental disabilities and extensive histories of severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, high magnitude disruptive behavior, etc.) participated. FCT with contingency-based delay and denial tolerance was implemented following interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) in a classroom setting by paraprofessionals. Results are expected to show variable responding following baseline by front line staff and a decrease following the addition of a behavior skills training (BST) component. The integration of contingency-based delay and denial tolerance, and FCT informed through functional analysis, was demonstrated to be an effective intervention for increasing communication and acceptance of denials, while decreasing the rate and magnitude of severe problem behavior. |
|
A Brief Functional Assessment of Pica |
CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Pica is a severe behavior involving the consumption of items that are non-edible and/or are non-nutritive. Pica occurs in approximately 6-26% of the population of individuals with developmental disabilities and can be life-threatening in some cases. Due to the challenging nature of this behavior, relevant assessment and treatment practices described in behavior analytic literature are often exceedingly time consuming. The purpose of this presentation is to extend research on pica in two ways. The first is to describe the results of a brief functional analysis conducted in home and hospital settings to address pica with an individual adolescent diagnosed with autism. The second purpose is to describe treatment probes that were conducted after function was determined. Treatments probes included NCR, NCR+ blocking and redirection, and functional communication training. The results of the study indicated that the abbreviated assessments produced differentiated results that led to successful treatment probes. IOA data was collected during all sessions of the study with a mean exact agreement of 94.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
Mediator Training: Bridging Distance, Settings, and Skills! |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University ) |
Discussant: Amy J. Henley (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Kendra Thomson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective, evidence-based behavioural interventions are essential to ensure socially significant behaviour change for people with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism spectrum disorder). Training mediators to implement these interventions with fidelity increases the likelihood of successful intervention outcomes. Effective staff training has been associated with more effective staff practices, as well as improved client outcomes. Additionally, training parents using the same evidence-based procedures increases the likelihood that parents will successfully implement in-home behavioural intervention programs. Effective interventions in-home or in-clinic may contribute to clients generalizing target skills across environments, decreased challenging behaviour, and improved learning outcomes. This symposium summarizes results from assessments of behavioural skills training (BST) across different modalities (i.e., in-person, or telecommunication), skills (e.g., in-person mindfulness training or pre-session pairing), and mediators (e.g., parents, staff). Results provide further evidence of how this evidence-based training procedure promotes behaviour change in both mediators and people with developmental disabilities, including children with ASD. Clinical implications will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ASD, BST, mediator training, parent training |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, graduate students studying behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify strategies to address challenges and barriers with skill maintenance and generalization across training modalities, populations, and varying target skills. 2) Identify barriers to treatment integrity for parent-implemented interventions, and strategies to mitigate these barriers. 3) Describe the recent evidence on the use of behavioural skills training (BST) through telecommunication platforms and for teaching pairing skills. 4) Describe the current evidence to support the effect of mindfulness training on staff behaviour towards individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Parent Treatment Integrity Across Multiple Components of a Behavioural Intervention |
RALUCA NUTA (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with challenging behaviours such as aggression, tantrums, non-compliance, or self-injury. Behaviour analytic interventions are considered evidence-based practice for decreasing these challenging behaviours; however, most effective, multi-component interventions are implemented in-clinic by trained professionals, and treatment effects do not automatically generalize to the home. The literature is lacking on parent-implemented, multi-component interventions in the home, and little research has reported on the levels of treatment integrity with which such interventions are implemented. Treatment integrity is crucial to both intervention outcomes, as well as confidence in the validity of the results. As such, it is important to select effective training procedures that may enhance treatment integrity, such as behavioural skills training (BST). BST is an evidence-based training procedure that is widely used in behaviour analysis to train complex skills. The present study sought to determine whether BST can be successfully used to train a parent of a six-year old child with ASD to implement a multi-component intervention in the home, while carefully monitoring treatment integrity levels for each treatment component. Results support the use of BST for this purpose, and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
Staff Training on Pairing Skills: How Does it Relate to Treatment Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder? |
REBECCA ENSOR (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University) |
Abstract: Pairing, a strategy to enhance therapeutic rapport between a therapist and client, is a critical component of behaviour analytic interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite its importance, few behaviour analytic studies to date have examined the necessary skills required to effectively pair with clients. Of those studies, none have identified the feasibility of training those skills. The purpose of this study was twofold: (1) to teach new instructor therapists to implement six pairing skills and (2) to examine the relation between pairing skills training on treatment outcomes for children with ASD (i.e., challenging behaviour and targeted skill accuracy). Although behaviour skills training was initially effective, consistent feedback on therapist performance was necessary for therapists to maintain pairing skills at mastery level. In terms of clients outcomes, challenging behaviour decreased in the first two participants as pairing was implemented. Skill accuracy; however, did not change as pairing was implemented. A replication of the procedure is currently underway. Implications of the findings and future study directions will be discussed. |
|
Telecommunication Training for Early Intervention Staff: An Evaluation of Generalization and Maintenance |
JOSEPH ROBERTSON (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Mary Hume (ONTABA), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University), Jessica Cauchi (none) |
Abstract: Telecommunication models (TCMs) have been shown to increase the accessibility of effective behavioural services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Behavioural skills training (BST) delivered via TCM has preliminary support for effectively training individuals to provide support to children with ASD. Further evaluation is needed to assess generalization of trainee outcomes to clinical settings, on untrained procedures, and the corresponding effects of training on child outcome measures. In a concurrent multiple-baseline design across three novice early intervention staff, this study evaluated the effects of BST-TCM on: staff accuracy implementing the target procedure (e.g., errorless learning) and an untrained procedure (e.g., paired stimulus preference assessment). Staff fidelity was assessed in both contrived role-plays with an actor and in a clinical setting with a child. Corresponding child outcomes were measured as percent correct on typical programming taught using the target procedure (i.e., errorless learning). Results to date demonstrate that all three staff showed increased fidelity when implementing the target procedure following BST-TCM, and children showed a corresponding increase in program performance. One participant showed improvements in untrained procedures. The feasibility and efficacy of BST-TCM as an accessible modality for training staff supporting children with ASD will be discussed. |
|
Does Mindfulness Training Change Staff Behaviours Toward Persons With Developmental Disabilities? |
JESSICA SUMMERS (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: To be mindful means to be in the moment, focusing on your mind, body and surroundings (Kabat-Zinn, 1990). Mindfulness training programs for caregivers of persons with developmental disabilities can benefit the caregivers and their clients (Singh, Lancioni, Karazsia, Chan, & Winton, 2016). Few studies have reported effects on specific caregiving behaviours. In a multiple-baseline-across-participants experiment, a brief mindfulness training session was evaluated by directly observing: announcement of actions prior to contact with client, looking away from the client or caregiving activity, and making contact at the torso prior to touching an extremity. Participants were three adult female staff (two DSPs and one nurse) and one adult male client. Announcements and torso-before-extremity contact increased and looking away decreased for all staff following the training; not all improvements were maintained over an extended period. Client happiness and unhappiness indicators were measured before and after the training, but no clear effects were observed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Math and Writing With Typical and Near-Typical Learners, and Children With Autism |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Holloway, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to provide instruction and practice to fluency with foundational and complex math and writing learning objectives. The first three presentations will demonstrate applications of the Morningside Mathematics Foundations Fluency, progressing in their scope from within a single classroom, to two studies with a large number of participants, to a schoolwide, multi-year implementation. First, Nicole Erickson will describe the synthesis of the conceptual aspects of Singapore Primary Math’s number bond component into the Morningside Math Facts Fluency program, along with a procedure for effective classwide implementation with typical and near-typical learners. Next, Jennifer Holloway will present the results of two studies that examine the effects of Precision Teaching, frequency building, and the Morningside Math Facts Fluency program on the computation repertoires of typical learners in the United Kingdom. Third, Kathy Fox will describe a long-term, schoolwide implementation of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with students with autism, with particular focus to moving beyond foundational math skills and computation skills to higher order problem solving involving word problems using Morningside’s Algebra for Beginners program. Lastly, Marianne Delgado will move into the area of writing, describing an even more complex program which assessed the effect of instructional design and Precision Teaching of specific sentence combining repertoires on the syntactical maturity of middle school students’ writing. The chair will make comments on each presentation in turn as the symposium proceeds. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: behavior analysts and other psychology and educational professionals |
|
Evidence-Based Practice and Constructivist Curricula: Synthesizing Precision Teaching With Concepts From Singapore Primary Mathematics |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: In 2016, Morningside Academy began using the popular, constructivist curriculum PrimaryMathematics (a Singapore Math program)as its core mathematics curriculum. Morningside’s team of expert teachers and instructional designers have been thoroughly investigating the application of evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching to this curriculum in order to maximize learning outcomes with typical and near-typical learners. Nicole Erickson developed a fluency-based activity, based on Primary Mathematics’ concept of the Number Bond, to help build conceptual understanding of themathfact families taught in MorningsideMathFacts. This program teaches students simple addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division problems, then provides opportunities for students to practice these basic facts to fluency with celeration. During structured fluency blocks, students were first taught to discriminate different error patterns and prescribe appropriate interventions. Then, students learned to analyze performance data from their Standard Celeration Charts, set their personalized daily improvement goals, and construct daily celeration lines that empowered them to make within-session decisions about when academic interventions were needed. Videos of how the Number Bond component was integrated into the daily Morningside Math Facts routine and examples of peer coaching repertoires will be shown. |
|
Moderators of Fluency-based Instruction: The Impact of Individual Differences on Outcomes of Intervention |
(Applied Research) |
Aoife McTiernan (University of South Wales), JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Caroline Leonard (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The research investigated the effects of precision teaching (PT), frequency-building (FB) and the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum, as well as exploring the potential individual moderators of FB, across two experimental studies. The first study demonstrated outcomes of PT and the Morningside Curriculum with addition and subtraction computation. Twenty-eight fourth grade children were randomly assigned to experimental and treatment as usual (TAU) conditions. Results demonstrated outcomes similar to previous research and showed the effectiveness of PT, frequency-building, and the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum. The second study explored the potential individual moderators of frequency-building, across an additional 71 participants, who received frequency-building with the Morningside Mathematics Fluency: Math Facts curriculum. Participant age, grade, gender, standardised measures of mathematical ability, and pre-intervention rates of correct responding with instructional materials, were investigated as potential moderating variables. Following correlational analysis, a hierarchical multiple regressesion was employed and showed that participant age and pre-test rates of correct responding demonstrated the greatest moderating factors on intervention outcomes. The current findings are discussed in terms of the contribution to the design and delivery of fluency-based intervention for children to promote lasting positive outcomes in mathematics performance. |
|
An Evaluation of The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction on the Mathematics Performance of Students With Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
KATHY FOX (Haugland Learning Center), Jason Guild (Haugland Learning Center), Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center) |
Abstract: For the past eight years, the ASPIRE program at Haugland Learning Center has collaborated with Morningside Academy to replicate the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) with students with autism. This presentation will focus on student growth in the area of mathematics during that time period. Many parents and students of incoming students report math as a primary area of academic need. Students often arrive in the ASPIRE program with minimal classroom participation skills, as well as deficits of two or more years in the areas of math facts fluency and calculation. These areas of concern are addressed via direct instruction programming in coordination with the Morningside Mathematics Foundations Fluency curriculum. In addition to math fact and computation fluency, ASPIRE has recently implemented the newest Morningside Math program: Algebra for Beginners, which uses evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching to teach students strategies for solving increasingly complex word problems. The heavy focus on constructing strong academic repertoires, and the use of unique classroom management techniques has led to several years of impressive outcome data. This presentation will discuss practices to facilitate student growth, the collection and evaluation of performance data, and data-based decision protocols. Specific examples of student growth will be presented. |
|
Using Curriculum Based Assessment to Evaluate the Application and Adduction of Sentence-Combining Skills and Syntactical Maturity |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Geoffrey H. Martin (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: The presence of 12 sentence combining skills denoting syntactic maturity was tracked, every two weeks, using 13-minute curriculum-based writing assessments (CBAs) with middle school students. Skills tracked, in order of increasing complexity, were usage of: adjectives, compound subjects, and compound predicates; adjectival, adverbial, participial, and infinitive phrases; parenthetical expressions; and adjectival, adverbial, and noun clauses. 15 students from three different classrooms participated, all using Dr. Arthur Whimbey’s Keys to Quick Writing Skills in coordination with Morningside’s Advanced Sentence Combining. Each class started their sentence combining instruction in staggered six to eight week intervals, allowing for a multiple baseline study. Data was recorded on a Standard Celeration Chart, which allowed for phase change lines as instruction on different skills occurred. Skill acquisition was analyzed for application (occurring close to instruction) or adduction (occurring further from instruction in unique combinations). Skills acquisition was compared across skill levels (high, medium, low), classrooms, and periods of instruction. Developing a twice-monthly method of assessing syntactic maturity will provide timely and useful feedback to teachers to help them provide effective instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Best Practices in Treating Repetitive Behavior: From Stereotypy to Social Skills |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Ahearn, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This tutorial will describe the best practices for treating automatically-reinforced repetitive behavior. Intensive behavior analytic intervention for children diagnosed with autism can produce large gains in social, cognitive, and language development. One critical area to address is repetitive behavior such as stereotypy. Some applied research on evaluating and treating stereotypic behavior will be reviewed with a focus on effective interventions for building core adaptive living and social skills, in addition to procedures for treating stereotypic behavior directly. Treatment strategies discussed will include Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD; noted by The National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorder as one of 34 “best practice focused interventions”). A variety of redirection strategies that are contextually relevant in situations in which stereotypic behavior is interfering will be discussed. Additionally, verbal operant training and training social behavior in situations where stereotypy is problematic will be reviewed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: ABA practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the function of stereotypic behavior; (2) describe a variety of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) procedures; (3) describe when RIRD procedures are NOT necessary; (4) describe procedures for supporting contextually appropriate behavior in situations in which stereotypy is problematic. |
|
WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children) |
 William H. Ahearn, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA joined The New England Center for Children in August 1996, and serves as the Director of Research. He is also Adjunct Faculty in Western New England University's masters and doctoral programs and the UMass Medical School Department of Psychiatry. Bill was named the 2009 American Psychological Association - Division 25 awardee for Enduring Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research. His work has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Interventions, Behavior Modification, The Lancet, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders and has written book chapters on teaching children with autism, pediatric feeding problems in children with autism, and the certification and licensure of behavior analysts. Bill is currently the Editor-in-Chief of Behavioral Interventions and serves on several Editorial Boards. He has also been a federally-funded researcher in collaboration with Bill Dube, Bill McIlvane, Tony Nevin, and others. Bill is a past-President of APBA and BABAT and serves as the chair of the board that licenses behavior analysts in MA being appointed by both a Democratic and Republican Governor. |
|
|
|
|
|
Factors Affecting Quality of Life for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.S. |
Abstract: Quality of Life (QoL) is defined as a term that integrates objective and subjective indicators of a broad range of life domains and individual values and has long been a focus of mainstream society. When it comes to people with disabilities, however, attention to a QoL has historically not been a priority. While educational and civil rights litigation has advanced quality of life for individuals with disabilities and the literature is replete with studies assessing QoL, including happiness, little attention has been given to parental perceptions and priorities for their children when it comes to QoL concerns. The purpose of this symposium is to further the extant research to include information from families regarding what factors they believe are important to obtaining a QoL for their child and whom they perceive is responsible to ensure that their child obtains a QoL, and to present a behavior analytic procedure to assess specific factors that might be highly correlated, if not causally related, to indices of happiness, and to challenge the current staff training model during pairing in order for staff to exceed beyond becoming conditioned reinforcers, but to become primary reinforcers to the individuals they serve. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, happiness, quality |
Target Audience: Clinicians, teachers, human service providers, BCBAs, psychologist, social workers. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Orally describe the importance of a QUALITY OF LIFE 2. orally list at least 5 dimensions that make up a quality of life 3. conduct a preference assessment across various staff members |
|
Parent Perspectives on the Importance of Quality of Life and its Potential Impact on Programing Decisions Including Staff Training |
GLORIA SATRIALE (PAAL) |
Abstract: Agencies serving individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder typically focus on teaching academics, social skills, adaptive behavior, and workplace competencies with little attention devoted to what components of programming are necessary to result in an overall quality of life. An emerging area is the importance of happiness and achieving a quality of life (QoL) as the ultimate outcome of support services. This study examined parental perspectives on the importance and priority of individual indices of QoL. Data were gathered through an online survey. Parents reported happiness to be an important component to an overall positive QoL (PQoL). Further, parents placed responsibility for identifying and attaining PQoL on educational and service systems, but believed that educational and service providers are not currently performing services in a manner that addresses QoL concerns. Results from this study established what indices of happiness are important to parents and demonstrated that parental priorities are incongruent with much of the literature discussing and prioritizing indices of happiness necessary for an overall PQoL. The results of this study provide educational professionals and service providers with a deeper understanding of parent perceptions and priorities regarding QoL potentially impacting current service provision models. |
|
Staff Preference: Another Dimension of Assessment and its Relation to On-Task and Compliance Behavior |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (MECA), Gloria Satriale (PAAL) |
Abstract: This study seeks to investigate the effects of staff preference (highly preferred staff versus less preferred staff) on the affect, compliance, and on-task behavior of adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during demand activities that require prompting for on task engagement and task completion. Individual participants who indicate (through a preference assessment) a clear preference for certain staff members when compared to others, will be included in the study. Each participant will engage in the same demand activity conditions while direct-care staff members will be randomly alternated (highly preferred and less-preferred). Data will be evaluated through an alternating treatments design. Post hoc analysis will be conducted in order to identify the specific characteristics of the highly preferred staff (e.g., physical contact, facial expression, praise). Implications for the study include the value of providing choice and assessing preference of staff members and the potential impact for changing traditional staff training models to emphasize training for staff to position themselves as conditioned reinforcers to the individuals they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evolving Organizationally: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as Organizational Behavior Management in a School-Based Partial Hospital Program |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Stuart Libman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
STUART LIBMAN (PLEA) |
Stuart Libman, M.D. is a Child, Adolescent and Family Psychiatrist, with further sub-specialization in Sports Psychiatry. After graduating from Ohio University and the School of Medicine at Case Western Reserve University, he completed training in Pediatrics, General Psychiatry, and Child and Adolescent Psychiatry at the University of Pittsburgh. In addition to serving as the Medical Director of the PLEA School Based Partial Hospital Program (SBPHP), he has experience providing executive coaching and organizational consultation in school districts, law firms, hospitals, business corporations, universities and sports teams. He has presented at such conferences as the Annual Meeting(s) of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and the International Precision Teaching Conference, on topics ranging from a Developmental Framework for Adult Participation in Youth Sports, to a Psychiatric Perspective on ABA as Precision Teaching and ACT, to ACT Workshops for audiences in these as well as various other professional settings. |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is evolving from clinical intervention into Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) at PLEA, a public sector, non-profit agency in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. PLEA’s School-Based Partial Hospital Program (SBPHP) serves a population of children and adolescents with diagnoses on the Autistic Spectrum. The SBPHP has grown over the past fifty years from a preschool started by parents desperately seeking services for their Autistic children to a program using principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in three main forms: Precision Teaching, Relational Frame Theory, and Acceptance and Commitment Training. ACT’s model of Psychological Flexibility as reflected in the ACT Matrix diagram has undergone progressive transformation from clinical to administrative functions. The “Prosocial” method, an approach integrating the ACT Matrix with the Core Design Principles of Successful Groups for which Elinor Ostrom won the 2009 Nobel Prize in Economics, also has been introduced at various levels within the organization (https://www.prosocial.world/). “Prosocial” is being broadly conceived as providing a platform for studying the evolutionary theory of multilevel selection. The impact of selection by consequences was discerned by B.F. Skinner not only for natural selection but also for operant conditioning of individual behavior as well as cultural evolution. In their recent book, Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting and Influencing Human Behavior, David Sloan Wilson and Steven C. Hayes elaborate Evolutionary Science as a multilevel process of variation, selection, and retention. The ACT Matrix will be used throughout this presentation to explicate this multilevel process of ACT evolving into OBM at PLEA. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and other mental health professionals working in community-based organizations, particularly if interested in CBM, AUT, OBM, and/or CBS in the forms of RFT, ACT, and/or “Prosocial.” |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) define “Psychological Flexibility” as used within Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT); (2) explain the ACT Matrix in terms of the two key discriminations represented by its horizontal and vertical axes and in term of the questions that accompany each of its four quadrants; (3) explain how ACT can be viewed as an evolutionary model; and (4) describe how ACT can be applied organizationally. |
|
|
|
|
|
Stepping Outside of Our Comfort Zone: Behavior Analysts Addressing Anxiety and Other Mental Health Challenges in School and Community Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Historically, applied behavior analysts have focused on the development of interventions to address problematic behaviors that are easily defined and measured. As a result, many behavior analyst have avoided working with individuals with more complex mental health concerns such as anxiety. Mental health diagnoses involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe, and measure. Unfortunately, non-behavioral practitioners often view aberrant behaviors in individuals with mental health diagnoses as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as the reason for these behaviors. As a result, these practitioners often propose more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behavior analysts view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective also includes an analysis of motivating operations in the form of private events, physiological sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment. The presenters in this symposium will describe tools and strategies for addressing mental health issues from a behavioral perspective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): anxiety, biomarkers, mental health, wearable devices |
Target Audience: BCBAs working in school and community settings |
|
Overview of Wearable Biomarker Devices in Applied Behavior Analysis: Implications for Individuals Who Experience Significant Anxiety |
(Service Delivery) |
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Michael Ackerman (Indian Prairie School District), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University), Maria Wheeler (Indian Prairie School District), Gretta Ward (Northern Illinois University), Heather Kerfoot (Northern Illinois University), Ann Robinson (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Up to 80% of children and youth with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Individuals with ASDs and comorbid anxiety are at increased risk for displaying externalizing behavior problems, social avoidance, and difficulties establishing/maintaining peer relationships across environments (Davis, Hess, Moree et al., 2011). A number of physiological markers associated with stress have been identified and often involve measurement of electrodermal activity (EDA)/skin conductance level or response (SCL and SCR), heart rate (HR), heart rate variability (HRV), blood pressure (BP), muscle tension, respiration/breathing patterns (Choi & Gutierrez-Osuna, 2009), and other measures such as Error-Related Brain Activity (ERN) (Rosen & Lerner, 2017), and cortisol (Moskowitz, Rosen, et al, 2017). Much of the research involving biomarkers conducted to date has been done by researchers in the medical field in lab settings with participants having various electrodes and wires attached to their bodies; however, many researchers are investigating the effectiveness of using wearable sensors that are unobtrusive and allow for measurement of physiological markers associated with stress over longer periods of time in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016; Moskowitz, Walsh, et al, 2017). New research is beginning to investigate the effectiveness or wearable biosensor devices to measure physiological indicators of stress and anxiety in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016). The purpose of this presentation is to describe a number of commercially available wearable technologies that have the capacity to measure physiological markers (biomarkers) associated with stress and anxiety. The presenters will provide an overview of current research on the use of wearable biomarker devices and discuss the implications for using these devices in applied settings. |
|
Integrating Wearable Biomarker Devices Into Behavioral Assessment and Intervention |
(Service Delivery) |
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Lisa Liberty (Northern Illinois University), Beth Collins (Northern Illinois University), Veronica Cornell (Northern Illinois University), Angie Lobdell (Northern Illinois University), NATASHA A RADNOVICH (Core Therapy, Inc), Jennifer Johnson (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Researchers suggest that anxiety-related concerns are among the most common presenting problems for children and adolescents with ASD (White, Oswald, Ollendick, & Scahill, 2009). Up to 80% of children with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Anxiety is a multi-component construct involving affective states (e.g., subjective fear), cognitions (e.g., thoughts, beliefs) behavioral patterns (avoidance), and associated physiological arousal (e.g., increased heart rate, changes in respiration patterns) (Moskowitz et. al 2017). Assessing anxiety in individuals with ASD and IDD is difficult due to communication deficits, difficulty distinguishing symptoms of anxiety from symptoms of ASD/IDD, and the idiosyncratic behavioral expression of anxiety in individuals with ASD/IDD (Hagopian & Jennett, 2008; While et al., 2009). Behavior analysts frequently rely on direct observation measures to quantify observable behaviors associated with anxiety, agitation, and/or stress for individuals with limited verbal skills (e.g., increased rocking, change in tone of vocalizations) while also attending to environmental variables associated with anxiety or stress. Although direct observation is effective for identifying behavioral manifestations of anxiety, this type of measurement may result in incomplete information as anxiety and stress are internal states that may not be accessible through direct observation. As a result, research on behavioral assessment and interventions for individuals with ASD/IDD has not adequately addressed the role of anxiety as a contributing factor in challenging behavior with these individuals. The purpose of this presentation is to describe how physiological information obtained from wearable devices can be used for behavioral assessment and the development of function-based interventions for anxiety-related challenging behavior. We will also provide case study examples to illustrate how these devices can be used to teach the individuals to self- regulate or use coping and/or relaxation strategies. |
|
Treating Children With Complex Behavioral and Mental Health Concerns Across Settings |
(Service Delivery) |
KATHERINE SAGE (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Complex cases of behavioral, medical, and social difficulties in adolescents can cause emotional distress for children, adolescents, and their families. Helping individuals to build an understanding of their internal emotional states as well as the motivating operations of their behaviors and emotions can decrease problem behaviors due to emotional distress. The presenter works with adolescents in both medical and school settings in a rural, impoverished area. Many of the individuals in this area lack the resources to seek mental health or behavioral services that are needed to address emotional and behavioral concerns. The presenter will describe how she bridged medical, school, and home settings using behavioral principles to address social skill deficits and anxiety in an adolescent presenting with school refusal and Autism-Spectrum Disorder related deficits. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Activity Engagement in Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities and Neurocogntive Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sandra Wagner (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Maranda A Trahan (Trahan Behavioral Services) |
CE Instructor: Maranda A Trahan, M.A. |
Abstract: 1. Activity engagement is imperative to promoting independence, reducing the number of opportunities to engage in problem behavior (e.g., wandering), and has been associated with increasing quality of life among older adults. Given the benefits of activity engagement, it is imperative to examine how we can effectively increase engagement with preferred activities. With some activities, social attention may be a significant component and may help facilitate engagement. This symposium will include two talks: 1) Assessing Preferences for Care of People with Dementia: A Simultaneous Treatments Design and 2) Promoting Activity Engagement in Older Adults. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Activity engagement, Neurocognitive disorder, Older adults, Preference assessment |
Target Audience: This presentation is tailored to practitioners and researchers in the field of behavioral gerontology; however, practitioners and researchers outside the field of behavioral gerontology are encouraged to attend. Given the importance of activity engagement, practitioners, both in and outside the field of behavioral gerontology, prioritize increasing engagement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of activity engagement in the older adult population, (2) describe the different treatments to increase activity engagement in older adults with intellectual disabilities and dementia, and (3) describe the issues of faulty stimulus control among older adults with dementia. |
|
Promoting Activity Engagement With Older Adults |
(Applied Research) |
SYDNEY BULOCK (Western Michigan University), Andrea Perez (Western Michigan University), Sandra Wagner (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Older adults with intellectual disabilities are likely to have lower levels of engagement. In efforts to increase activity engagement, researchers have implemented various strategies to increase engagement (Engelman, Atlus, & Mathews, 1999; Engstrom, Mudford, & Brand, 2015). Current literature, however, has not directly compared those approaches to one another. The purpose of this study was to use an alternating treatments design to compare the following four strategies: 1) provided access to preferred items with no attention, 2) provided attention every 10 minutes for 60 seconds, 3) provided attention every 10 minutes for 10 minutes, and 4) provided 30 minutes of attention followed by 30 minutes of no attention. The participant was a 63-year old male diagnosed with moderate intellectual disability and attended an adult day program. Prior to implementing those approaches, a paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted to determine the participant’s top preferred activities. Results suggest that providing social attention for 30 minutes followed by no attention produced the greatest level of activity engagement. Implications and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Assessing Preferences for Care of People With Dementia: A Simultaneous Treatments Design |
(Applied Research) |
ZOE LUCOCK (Bangor University), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments have previously been used with people with dementia to determine their preferences for tangible items such as edibles and leisure items. However, to date there is no literature exploring preferences for the type of social interaction that may accompany engagement with preferred activities. We used a rarely-used simultaneous treatments design to measure the preferences of people with dementia who were unable to state vocally their preferences for different contingencies of care. For example, for a participant for whom completing jigsaws was a preferred activity, we investigated whether she preferred to be provided with prompts to complete the activity jigsaw, to be left to complete the jigsaw alone, or to receive non-contingent attention during the activity. We compared simultaneous presentations of the available contingencies to sequential presentations in order to determine whether either presentation format was more effective than the other for measuring preference. Additionally, we took continuous data on engagement and indices of happiness as corollary measures of preference during the delivery of each chosen contingency. We will discuss our findings in relation to supporting people with communication difficulties and dementia, and with regard to issues of faulty stimulus control in the behavior of people with dementia. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Analysis of the Components of Bidirectional Naming, the Naming Experiences to Occasion the Incidental Acquisition of Language and Protocols to Induce Bidirectional and Complex Naming Repertoires |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Longano, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
 Dr. Jennifer Longano received her BS in education from the State University of New York at Geneseo. She then earned her MA M.Phil, and Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University. Jennifer Longano is a supervisor of the Early Intervention Program for the Fred S. Keller School located in the suburbs of New York City. She has worked for the Fred S. Keller School, a CABAS® model school, since 2008 supervising both preschool and early intervention classrooms for children with and without disabilities. She also is an Adjunct Assistant Professor for Teachers College and has taught courses in Applied Behavior Analysis, Single-Case Design, and Inclusion for the Health and Behavior Studies Department. She has earned several CABAS® ranks and currently holds a Senior Behavior Analyst and an Assistant Research Scientist rank. Her research has focused on verbal developmental cusps including: the source of reinforcement for naming, procedures to test for and induce naming, pre-foundational verbal developmental cups and capabilities, and conditioned reinforcement related to observing responses. |
Abstract: I will discuss the acquisition of bidirectional naming from the verbal developmental perspective. Observing responses selected out by conditioned reinforcers can set the occasion for the acquisition of verbal developmental cups and capabilities. These observing responses establish a history of stimulus-stimulus pairings, which set the occasion for the listener and speaker repertoires to be joined. Once joined, more complex cusps and capabilities can be acquired allowing for the emergence of incidental language, bidirectional operants, and advanced naming repertoires. For some individuals, listener and speaker repertoires are not joined naturally. Thus, protocols that can arrange the environmental contingencies to occasion the acquisition of bidirectional naming can be implemented. In CABAS® model schools, which are affiliated with Teachers College Columbia University, ongoing research has focused on identifying when bidirectional naming is present or missing, the types of naming repertoires, protocols to induce bidirectional naming, and the best instructional practices to accelerate learning when bidirectional naming is present. |
Target Audience: The following presentation will be for individuals interested in verbal behavior and verbal behavior developmental theory with a heavy focus on the source of reinforcement for incidental language acquisition or bidirectional naming. The presentation will also discuss how to identify when Naming is present or absent, different types of naming experiences, and procedures to induce naming. The audience should have some understanding (intermediate level) of verbal developmental theory and naming. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the components of bidirectional naming and once acquired how other more complex naming repertoires can emerge; (2) provide detailed descriptions of different types of Naming experiences to test for the presence or absence of naming; (3) review protocols to induce bidirectional naming; (4) discuss best instructional practices once bidirectional naming is present to accelerate learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethics in Organizational Behavior Management: A Discussion of Leadership, Regulation, and a Call to Action |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dennis Uriarte, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dennis Uriarte (Florida Institute of Technology) |
DARNELL LATTAL (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
MOLLI LUKE (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we are all continuously working to integrate what we as individuals and a field view as ethical into our daily practices. We actively self-evaluate to ensure compliance with our current work and try to be proactive while evaluating potential new work we might be pursuing. For example, if a new job or promotion expands an individual’s scope of competence beyond the direct implementation of a given area of service, then the scope has now shifted from direct-provision of services to managing employee performance. Ethics, in all its forms and extensions (e.g., regulation, credentialing), should be defined and applied to OBM practitioners the same as they do in other areas where behavior analysis is applied. The purpose of this panel is to discuss OBM ethics from various perspectives, including the role of business owners, researchers, consultants, supervisors, and various areas of leadership and the role of OBM ethics in the pursuit of credentialing and licensure. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience is new and experienced OBM practitioners or those who might eventually become OBM practitioners (e.g., front-line BCBA seeking promotion). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, attendees will be able to: 1. Describe how the BACB Ethics Code relates to OBM. 2. Describe how credentialing and licensure is applicable to OBM practitioners. 3. Describe various roles OBM practitioners can have in business and how these roles relate to ethical decision making. |
Keyword(s): Credentialing, Ethics, Leadership, OBM |
|
|
|
|
|
What Evolutionary Theory Tells Us About Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: William Baum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Carsta Simon (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway) |
WILLIAM BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution. |
Abstract: Why do organisms and behavior exist? Organisms exist because genes that make organisms increase reproductive success. An organism’s behavior is its interactions with its environment. Behavior, on average and in the long run, functions to serve reproducing. Surviving usually serves reproducing, and other activities like maintaining health, maintaining relationships, and gaining resources usually serve surviving and sometimes directly serve reproducing. When phylogenetically important features of the environment vary in ways that can be tracked by physiological mechanisms, selection favors phenotypic plasticity. Part of phenotypic plasticity is behavioral plasticity. Phylogenetically important events (PIEs), such as presence of potential mates, predators, or prey, impact reproductive success and underpin selection for behavioral plasticity. PIEs induce activities that tend to mitigate threats and enhance benefits. Additionally, selection favors phenotypes that respond to covariance in the environment between PIEs and other events and between activities and PIEs. Events that covary with a PIE come to induce the same activities as the PIE, and activities that covary with a PIE come to be induced by the PIE. Induction is the mechanism of the Law of Allocation that governs the allocation of time among an organism’s activities. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand why organisms exist; (2) understand why behavior exists; (3) understand why behavior must be extended in time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Repetitive Responses: Treating Obsessive Compulsive and Stereotypic Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Cook, M.S. |
Abstract: Practitioners treating children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder will inevitably encounter the problem of decreasing repetitive behavior. One form of repetitive behaviors are obsessive compulsive behaviors, and the paucity of research in this area leaves practitioners with few options. The first presentation will describe a randomized control trial involving 37 children to evaluate the effects of Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy. The second presentation will suggest how the role of respondent and operant conditioning on obsessive compulsive behavior, and the implications for assessment and treatment. The third presentation will transition into a discussion on another commonly encountered form of repetitive behavior, stereotypy. Selections for stereotypy treatment may be context-specific; as such 5 children were assessed and treated to the extent necessary within an instructional setting. The fourth presentation extends stereotypy treatment into the home. Researchers in this study designed an iOS app, the iSTIM, and assessed the utility this app as a tool to be used by parents to treat stereotypy of their own children. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): OCD, repetitive behavior, stereotypy, treatment methods |
Target Audience: Psychologists, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified assistant Behavior Analysts, graduate students, teaching faculty |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discriminate between and identify the different types of repetitive behavior (2) Describe an appropriate assessment method that can be used for a specific type of repetitive behavior (3) Describe an appropriate treatment method that can be used for a specific type of repetitive behavior (4) Search the literature for unique approaches or methodologies for repetitive behavior |
|
A Blended Approach of Cognitive-Behavior Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis for Obsessive Compulsive Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
TRICIA CORINNE VAUSE (Brock University), Heather Yates (University of Manitoba), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Grayzna Jackiewicz (Private Practice), Maurice Feldman (Brock University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently experience obsessions and compulsions similar to those specified in DSM-5 for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) yet a paucity of research exists on treating these behaviours. Thirty-seven children (7 to 13 years old) received random assignment to a nine-week Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy (Fb-CBT) or Treatment As Usual (TAU). Fb-CBT combines CBT (e.g., exposure and response prevention) and ABA elements (e.g., extinction, functional communication training and differential reinforcement) derived from functional behavioral assessment. Independent assessors administered measures pre- and post-treatment and at 6-months. Two primary outcome measures including the Repetitive Behavior Scale-Revised and the Children’s Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale indicated statistically significant differences between groups, with large corrected effect sizes (Hedge’s g = 1.00 and 1.15, respectively). Time series parent report data corroborated these findings with two-thirds of treated behaviors in Fb-CBT showing a positive treatment response. This is the first known RCT to exclusively treat OCBs in children with high functioning ASD, and suggests that CBT with ABA components may be efficacious in decreasing OCBs and associated functional impairment. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Conceptual Framework for the Assessment and Treatment of Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors |
(Theory) |
EMILY GUERTIN (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University) |
Abstract: A subset of repetitive behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) including insistence on sameness, ritualistic behavior, and compulsions overlaps topographically with symptoms characteristic of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. The overlapping symptoms often present a challenge in the literature for selecting how to assess and treat these behaviors. This presentation discusses the often-complex role that the function of an obsessive compulsive behavior (OCB) serves for an individual. Based on Mowrer’s (1951) two-factor theory of avoidance learning, both classical and instrumental learning processes can be involved in the development and maintenance of repetitive behaviors. Using behavioral models, four case examples from clinical treatment studies illustrate the influence of primary or multiple functions on obsessive compulsive behaviors in ASD, highlighting that the topography of the behavior alone may not indicate the function of the behavior (see Figure 1 for a clinical example of a multiply controlled behavior). Behavioral models describe the role of respondent and operant conditioning and ways that behavioral technologies can be integrated to enhance treatment efficacy. Methods of functional behavioral assessment including informant and observational methods and recommendations for incorporating assessment results in treatment are provided. Limitations and future directions for function-based treatment of OCBs in persons with ASD are discussed. |
|
To What Extent Do Practitioners Need to Treat Stereotypy During Academic Tasks? |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER COOK (University of South Florida, Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Researchers frequently argue that a child’s engagement in stereotypy may compete with his ability to acquire academic skills, engage in appropriate social interactions, or both; however, few studies have directly tested these suppositions. We used a five-phase assessment to evaluate the extent to which behavioral interventions with a progressively greater number of components were necessary to decrease stereotypy and increase correct responding during academic instructions for five children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. For one participant, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided standard instruction without specific intervention for stereotypy. For two participants, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided standard instruction plus antecedent intervention for stereotypy with continuous music. For another participant, stereotypy decreased when instructors provided enhanced consequences for correct responding during standard instruction without either antecedent or consequent intervention for stereotypy. For the final participant, stereotypy decreased and correct responding increased when instructors provided standard instruction and consequent intervention for stereotypy. |
|
Reducing Stereotypy in Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
LYDIA TRUDEL (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Isabelle Préfontaine (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in stereotypy, which may interfere with social integration, adaptive functioning and learning. Unfortunately, many children with ASD do not have access to behavioral interventions that could effectively reduce engagement in stereotypy while improving appropriate behavior. To address this issue, we developed an iOS app, the iSTIM, designed to support parents in reducing stereotypy in their child with ASD. The purpose of our study was to evaluate the effects of the iSTIM when used by parents. More specifically, we tested the effects of the app with ten children with ASD between the ages of 3 to 12 years old within a noncurrent multiple baseline design. To date, four families have completed their participation in the study. The iSTIM reduced stereotypy in the four participants, but only increased functional engagement in one participant. The preliminary results suggest that the iSTIM may benefit from modifications to improve the clarity of the procedures of the intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Save the Children: Efficient Ways to Teach Safety Skills |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marissa A. Novotny (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four papers that evaluate interventions for efficiently teaching safety skills to children. Novotny and Miltenberger discuss the use of a website to train parents on how to conduct BST to teach firearm safety skills to their children. Maxfield and Miltenberger discuss research using small-scale simulation to teach firearm safety skills to young children. Grill and Leon discuss using social stories to teach a range of safety skills to children. Barchbill and Hurst discuss research using teacher conducted BST to teach preschool aged children appropriate safety skills in the presence of chemical bottles. Wayne Fuqua will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Safety Skills, Small-Scale Simulation, Social Stories |
Target Audience: BCBA and BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe efficient ways to teach safety skills ; (2)assess children's engagement in safety skills; (3) list ways to train others to conduct BST. |
|
An Evaluation of Parent Implemented Web-Based Behavior Skills Training for Firearm Safety Skills |
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study evaluated a web-based manualized intervention implemented by parents for teaching firearm safety skills. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of parent conducted BST. Children aged 4 to 7-years old received BST and firearm safety skills were assessed during in-situ assessments. Any child that does not respond correctly during the in-situ assessment will receive in-situ training. Results demonstrated the parent conducted BST was effective for two participants while an additional two participants required in-situ assessments. |
|
Teaching Safety Skills to Preschool Children: An Evaluation of Teacher-Implemented Behavioral Skills Training |
Kayla Brachbill (Southern Illinois University), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University), PAIGE BOYDSTON (Southern Illionois University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of a teacher-implemented behavioral skills training (BST) procedure for teaching preschool students to exhibit an appropriate safety response in the presence of chemical bottles. Students’ safety responses were evaluated during baseline and teacher lessons (before and after BST) for each classroom. Prior to training, teachers were prompted to give a lesson including three safety steps (don’t touch, walk away, tell a teacher). No additional instructions were provided. Next, teachers received training from a researcher on how to implement BST in a classroom setting. Results indicated that the training procedure utilized was effective for increasing the number of BST components used by teachers. Further, teacher-implemented BST resulted in increases in preschool children’s appropriate responses to chemical bottles for two classrooms; however, the increase for one of the two classrooms was only moderate, and no increase was observed for children in a third classroom. Therefore, in-situ feedback was required for these two classrooms. In addition, the procedures resulted in generalized responding to a novel set of chemical bottles, as well as, a novel category of dangerous item (medicine bottles). |
|
Evaluating the Utility of Social Stories to Teach Safety Skills to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
NICOLE GRILLE (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We evaluated the utility of social stories to teach safety skills to a pre-school aged boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The safety responses targeted were: a) saying no to a stranger, b) looking both ways before crossing the street, and c) waiting for an adult at the door. During intervention, the participant was read social stories and then asked various questions regarding the safety situations. Prior to baseline and after the social story interventions, in-situ probes were conducted. The participant failed to emit the correct safety response in 2 of the 3 contexts after intervention (i.e., abduction prevention and waiting at the door). Next, behavioral skills training (BST) was implemented to teach the remaining two skills. After BST, in-situ probes were conducted, and the participant emitted the correct safety response in the following in-situ probes. Thus, results suggested that although social stories taught participants how to answer questions about safety, they were not an effective teaching method to produce actual safety skills. These results further highlight the need for in-situ probes to test for skill acquisition in this context. |
|
Evaluating Small-Scale Simulation for Training Firearm Safety Skills |
TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: There is limited research using small-scale simulation in applied behavior analysis. We used small-scale simulation to train firearm safety skills to 3 to 5-years-old children and assessed whether the skills generalized to the natural environment through in situ assessment. Three participants completed the training and all participants learned the safety skills from simulation training. Two of the participants acquired the safety skills after the first simulation training and the third participant required one booster training before demonstrating the safety skills in the natural environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Toward a Better Understanding of Resurgence in Clinical Settings |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University) |
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Fuhrman, M.S. |
Abstract: Resurgence can be conceptualized as a form of treatment relapse that occurs when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges once a more recently reinforced behavior also contacts extinction. In clinical settings, resurgence of destructive behavior poses a serious threat to the individual, their caregivers, and the longevity of treatment effects. This symposium will describe four studies that examined resurgence of destructive behavior in clinical settings. The first two presentations will be given by Sean Smith and Dr. Valdeep Saini, respectively. Their presentations will describe a two-experiment study that examined the impact of baseline reinforcement rate on the magnitude of resurgence. More specifically, these studies tested a prediction of Behavioral Momentum Theory that suggests higher rates of baseline reinforcement will lead to greater resurgence. The third study will be presented by Dr. William Sullivan. This presentation will illustrate that when a target destructive behavior resurges, other destructive behaviors that are members of the same functional response class may also emerge. In the final presentation, Ashley Furhman will present a study that utilized discriminative stimuli under a multiple-schedule arrangement to mitigate resurgence. Each presentation will provide new insights into clinically meaningful variables that affect the resurgence of destructive behavior. Finally, Dr. Mary Margaret Sweeney will discuss the collective findings and provide directions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): destructive behavior, resurgence, treatment relapse |
Target Audience: BCBA's, graduate students, clinicians, and researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe a treatment relapse phenomena, known as resurgence. 2. Participants will describe key variables (e.g., baseline rates of reinforcement) that affect the magnitude of resurgence. 3. Participants will describe target response resurgence within the context of a response class. 4. Participants will describe the use of discriminative stimuli under mutliple-schedule arrangements as a mitigation strategy for resurgence. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of Baseline Reinforcement Rate and Resurgence of Destructive Behavior |
SEAN SMITH (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Although functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective intervention for destructive behavior, FCT is susceptible to resurgence, a type of relapse that occurs when the functional communication response (FCR) contacts extinction. Behavioral momentum theory predicts that higher rates of reinforcement for destructive behavior during baseline will lead to greater resurgence than lower rates of reinforcement (Nevin & Shahan, 2011). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of high and low rates of baseline reinforcement on the resurgence of destructive behavior following FCT with four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We used a two-component multiple schedule across three phases. During Phase 1, destructive behavior produced reinforcement according to a dense-VI schedule in one component and a lean-VI schedule in the other component. Following FCT pre-training, Phase 2 arranged reinforcement for the FCR according to these same VI schedules in each respective component, while destructive behavior resulted in extinction. During Phase 3, neither the FCR nor destructive behavior produced reinforcement in either component. When resurgence occurred, it was consistently higher in the component associated with the dense schedule of reinforcement during baseline. |
|
Clinically-Meaningful Baseline Schedules of Reinforcement and Resurgence of Problem Behavior |
Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), BRIAN GREER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory predicts that the magnitude of resurgence of problem behavior, when extinction is introduced, will be greater if the targeted response(s) previously produced a high rate of reinforcement during baseline relative to a low rate of reinforcement during baseline. A number of laboratory and translational investigations of resurgence using children who engage in severe problem behavior as participants have shown this to be accurate when comparing high and low variable-interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement. However, one limitation of these studies has been the use of VI schedules, whereas in most clinical studies evaluating the effects of behavioral interventions for problem behavior use dense fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. As a result, a more clinically relevant comparison would be one that uses a baseline schedule of reinforcement more common to the treatment of problem behavior. With three children who engaged in problem behavior we compared the magnitude of resurgence when participants were exposed to lean-VI schedules of reinforcement during baseline or dense FR-1 schedules during baseline. For all participants we observed greater resurgence of problem behavior in the condition that was associated with FR-1 compared to the condition associated with VI. |
|
Resurgence: Examining the Role of the Response Class |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Upstate Medical University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Treatment of severe destructive behavior often involves withholding reinforcement for destructive behavior (i.e., extinction) while simultaneously reinforcing an appropriate alternative behavior (e.g., functional communication training; Carr & Durand, 1985). Research has demonstrated that if reinforcement of the alternative behavior is reduced or eliminated, resurgence of destructive may ensue (Volkert, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair-Lasserre, 2009). The current study evaluated the resurgence of a target destructive behavior while also assessing the emergence of other, non-targeted forms of destructive behavior. Following an initial functional analysis, a response-class analysis was conducted to confirm that various topographies of destructive behavior were functionally equivalent to the target. Next, a three-phase resurgence paradigm was conducted in which one topography of destructive behavior was targeted and reinforced in Phase 1. An alternative functional communication response was reinforced in Phase 2, while the target was placed on extinction. In Phase 3, the target and alternative responses were both placed on extinction. Furthermore, all other non-targeted forms of destructive behavior that were members of the same functional response class as the target were measured but never reinforced throughout the evaluation. Results suggested that when a target destructive behavior resurges, other response-class members may also emerge. These findings will be discussed in relation to the treatment of challenging behavior. |
|
Mitigating Resurgence of Destructive Behavior Using the Discriminative Stimuli of a Multiple Schedule |
ASHLEY MARIE FUHRMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Resurgence is a form of treatment relapse that involves the reoccurrence of a previously reinforced response following extinction of a subsequently reinforced alternative response. Results of recent translational studies have suggested that correlating contextual or discriminative stimuli with the delivery or withholding of reinforcement for the FCR may mitigate resurgence of destructive behavior, but none have isolated the effects of those stimuli. In this study, we (a) trained the FCR, brought it under stimulus control of a multiple schedule, and thinned its reinforcement schedule in one stimulus context and then (b) tested the effects of the discriminative stimuli from the multiple schedule during a resurgence sequence (baseline, FCT, extinction) in a novel context relative to an equivalent resurgence sequence in another novel context without the discriminative stimuli. Participants included four children between the ages of 4 and 16 years old. Results showed greater persistence of the FCR and more resurgence of destructive behavior in the context with the discriminative stimuli present relative to the context without those stimuli. We discuss the applied and theoretical implications of these results relative to theories of resurgence that do and do not accommodate the effects of discriminative and contextual stimuli. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Care Givers in Applied Behavior Analytic Skills, Part 1: Training Individual Staff and Volunteer Skills |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training staff in evidence-based practices is a key skill for behavior analysts. Despite the large number of studies in this area, there are still many under-researched and un-researched topics and a need for replication. This symposium, the first of two related symposia on this topic, presents three empirical papers on staff training. The first by Gormley et al., provides an overview by reporting a research synthesis of 156 staff training studies in Intellectual Disabilities including applied behavior analysis, positive behavior supports and other interventions. The second paper, by Gregori et al., evaluates the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach direct support staff to implement functional communication training correctly and its effects consumer mands and challenging behavior. The final paper, by Davis et al., reports a component analysis of behavioral skills training to teach volunteers in a university-based physical education program to teach motor skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. These empirical studies contribute to the growing literature on the effectiveness of behavioral skills to teach ta variety of skills in diverse contexts with individuals with autism and / or intellectual disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Motor Skills, Staff Training, Systematic Review |
Target Audience: BCBAs in training; BCBAs requiring continuing education; applied researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe evidence-based practices that they should train caregiver to implement; (2) Describe how to train staff to conduct functional communication and measure its effects on client mands; and (3) describe the effective components of behavioral skills training and the implications for training caregivers. |
|
Synthesizing Research on Staff Training in Intellectual and Developmental Disability Settings |
(Applied Research) |
Laura Gormley (Trinity College Dublin), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway), Amanda Doherty (Trinity College Dublin), Darragh O'Regan (RehabCare), MAEVE BRACKEN (Trinity College Dublin) |
Abstract: Front line staff are a valuable asset within an intellectual disability service. Their work dictates the overall standard of care delivered by the organization. This research synthesis examines staff training in practices to support people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Systematic searches of relevant databases identified 156 papers for inclusion in the review. Practices in which staff were trained were categorized as: a) Positive Behavior Support (PBS) interventions; b) Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions, or c) other interventions. The ABA category was sub-divided into: a) assessment-based; b) antecedent-based; c) consequence-based and, d) “mixed” practices. Results showed that although staff were trained in a range of evidence-based practices, many empirically supported interventions were not utilized (e.g., functional communication training and non-contingent reinforcement). Importantly, this research synthesis also highlighted a continued reliance on individualized training packages, rather than the implementation of empirically supported training models. Finally, future research should prioritize training protocols for front line staff supporting adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities, as well as assessing the impact of staff training on service user outcomes. Findings from the current review provide a potential explanation for the apparent disconnect between theoretical advancements and practice in the applied setting. |
|
Training Direct Care Staff to Implement Functional Communication Training Using Behavioral Skills Training |
(Applied Research) |
EMILY GREGORI (Educational Studies, Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Direct service providers (DSPs) are staff who support individuals with developmental disabilities (i.e., consumers) in residential, community, and employment settings. DSPs are responsible for providing a number of services including managing challenging behavior. However, DSPs often lack training in effective behavior management procedures. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an empirically supported method of staff training and has been used to teach DSPs a number of skills. However, to date, no studies have evaluated the efficacy of BST on staff implementation of complex behavioral interventions. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of BST on staff implementation of functional communication training (FCT). Three DPSs and consumers participated in the current study. The effects of BST on DSP and consumer behavior were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. Results indicated that BST was effective in increasing DSP fidelity of FCT. However, an additional coaching phase was necessary for some DSPs to reach mastery criteria. Improvements in DSP fidelity corresponded with decreases in consumer challenging behavior and increases in appropriate communication. Findings suggest that BST is an efficient, effective, and socially valid method to train DSPs to implement FCT. |
|
A Component Analysis of Behavioural Skills Training With Volunteers Teaching Motor Skills |
(Applied Research) |
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Catharine Lory (Perdue University), So Yeon Kim (Perdue University), Marie David (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Few physical education programs address motor development challenges for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). The Special Needs Activity Program is one exception that capitalizes on university student volunteers to assist individuals with DD in developing motor skills. Evaluating efficient and effective ways of training these volunteers may positively impact outcomes and save valuable time and resources. We conducted a component analysis of behavioural skills training for teaching volunteers how to also use the BST framework to support individuals with DD. In an alternating treatment design embedded within a multiple baseline design across five volunteers, we measured the number of BST steps that volunteers completed correctly while teaching four motor skills from the SNAP curriculum. In the initial training phase, each motor skill received a different mode of training (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, or feedback). In subsequent training phases, modes of training were combined for skills that did not reach mastery criterion. Maintenance was also assessed at a 2-week and 1-month follow-up. Results indicated that instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback alone were sufficient for volunteers to meet a predetermined performance criterion; however, the full BST framework was necessary for skill maintenance. Strengths, limitations, and recommendations for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Marijuana and Other Medication Use With Individuals With Autism: Review of Data and Protocols for Successful Consultation With Medical Professionals |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gloria Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been shown to be effective in dealing with a wide range of issues related to the support of individuals with autism. For example, behavior analytic principles have been used to improve skill acquisition and decrease behaviors that interfere with learning and independence. However, professionals from other disciplines also provide treatment from their respective worldview orientations. Specifically, medical professions are widely used in the treatment of individuals with autism by prescribing medications that are used for both physical and behavioral issues. The intersection of behavior analysis with medicine is frought with potential problems. Behavior analytic solutions to, for example, behavior problems is often in conflict with a medical solution (i.e, reinforcement plans versus medication). Since both approaches are often used in clinical situations, it is important for behavior analysts to learn how to work most effectively with other disciplines while, at the same time, upholding our ethical code of conduct (by behaving within our conceptual framework). This symposium will discuss two different situations in which behavior analysts collaborate with physicians to plan for, and assess the outcome of, various medications being used with adolescents and adults with autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, collaboration, marijuana, medications |
Target Audience: front-line staff and other professionals interested in working in the medication area with their clientel |
Learning Objectives: After these presentations, audience members will be able to: 1. orally review the literature on the effectiveness of marijuana products on autism symtomology; 2. orally explain the impact of preferred and nonpreferred staff on behavioral and skill development; 3. conduct preference assessments across staff; |
|
A Preliminary Examination of the Influence of Medical Marijuana Products on Aberrant Behavior of Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KAITLIN ROSS (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Recently, there has been increasing use of medical marijuana. Coinciding with this trend is the belief that marijuana products can be used to treat symptoms of autism. There are no controlled studies evaluating the effects of marijuana on autism. Advocacy groups have formed to promote use of marijuana to reduce behavioral episodes and increase social behaviors. No scientific evidence exists that this drug is causally related to any improvements in developmental, behavioral or social areas. In contrast, most national organizations related to substance abuse strongly argue that marijuana is potentially dangerous.The purpose of this investigation was to examine the relationship between changes in problem behaviors and the use of the marijuana products. Participants included adolescents diagnosed with autism. Target behaviors for which a marijuana product was prescribed were operationally defined. Staff gathered daily data on the occurrence of these targeted behaviors, and the dates of administration of the marijuana products. Results showed no direct correlation between the use of the marijuana product and positive changes in problem behavior, casting doubt on the efficacy of this intervention. This suggests the need for the involvement of behavior analysis when manipulating medication in order to empirically evaluate the impact of such interventions. |
|
Successful Collaboration With Medical Professionals: How to Integrate Medicine and Behavior Analysis |
Jessica Zawacki (PAAL PARTNERS), Gloria Satriale (PAAL), DANIEL ALBRAND (The PAAL Program) |
Abstract: The prescription of psychotropic medications is increasingly common as an alternative for supplement to behavior therapy for managing ASD-associated aberrant behaviors In an ideal setting, medication used to decrease challenging behaviors, such as aggression or self-injury, should be considered only after medical diagnoses and comorbid psychiatric disorders have been addressed and behavioral interventions have been tried and, based on data analysis, deemed unsuccessful. It is the clinical responsibility to develop effective interventions using behavior analytic processes, conceptually consistent with behavior analytic theory. The ethical code also requires behavior analysts to evaluate concurrent treatments that individuals may be receiving and their overall impact on the target behavior. However, this is challenging for the behavior analyst working with individuals with more profound disabilities, specifically deficits in communication, as psychiatric disorders are typically measured via self-report. Case studies will be presented demonstrating formal protocols used to operationally define, measure, and track symptoms, diagnoses, and medication changes that are typically measured haphazardly or through self-report, such as anxiety and obsessive compulsive. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conceptualizing, Developing, and Using Treatments to Prevent and Address Trauma in Veteran and Related Populations |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Nicole C Groskreutz (PEAK Behavioral Services, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Mark P. Groskreutz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The effects of extreme stressors (e.g., combat-related) and trauma can be severe and persistent in active duty military personnel, veteran, and other populations: the trauma can lead to post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and effects can include relationship difficulties, substance abuse, increased rates of suicide, among others (see Cornum, Matthews, & Seligman, 2011). Researchers and practitioners have been challenged to identify consistently effective antecedent and consequence interventions to address these concerns. Using a behavior analytic approach to resilience and treatment may help prevent the effects of and reduce the impacts from trauma. These talks will explore how behavior analysis can support effective treatment for trauma, training of professionals delivering treatment, and prevention of trauma. Because much of the previous work on resilience and trauma treatment has come from non-behavior analytic sources, these talks will also address links between behavioral analyses and other areas of psychology. Discussions will focus on how a behavior analytic approach to resilience and treatment for trauma may enhance research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): PTSD, Resilience, Trauma, Veterans |
Target Audience: Professional behavior analysts |
|
Prolonged Imaginal Exposure in Behavior Analytic Terms |
(Theory) |
KOMLANTSE GOSSOU (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Prolonged Imaginal Exposure (PE) is one of the few efficacious treatments for treating combat-related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD; Foa, Hembree, & Rothbaum, 2007; Gros, Tuerk, Yoder, & Acierno, 2011; Resick, Monson, & Gutner, 2007; US Veteran Affair / Department of Defense, 2017). PE has been shown to be an effective manualized treatment in both the civilian and the military populations, and it has been endorsed as a best practice for the treatment of PTSD by the United States Departments of Veterans Affairs and Defense (VA/DoD, 2017), the Institute of Medicine (IOM, 2007), and the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies (Boa, Keene, Friedman, and Cohen, 2010). Since it works, it must somehow operate via behavioral principles. However, our review of the literature indicates that it is difficult to find a behavior analytic conceptualization of PE, or a behavior analytic explanation of its effectiveness. This paper offers a behavior analytic explanation of why PE is effective and makes recommendations for improving this treatment using ABA strategies. |
|
Training a Student to Conduct Acceptance and Commitment Therapy With Active Duty Military and Veterans Using Behavior Skills Training |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN BORGEN (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is being utilized by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to increase the effectiveness of caregiver training, decrease behaviors associated with diagnosed psychological disorders, and augment graduate programs and other organizations. Increasingly, more attention is being given to BCBAs implementing ACT to work with adults, targeting behavioral excesses or deficits associated with mood disorders, anxiety disorders, and chronic pain (American Psychological Association, 2018). This talk will focus on the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to assist a student in gradually increasing proficiency with ACT and in a talk-based therapeutic context in general. We present an evaluation of BST to teach the student to participation and utilization of ACT behaviors by the student in ACT sessions. Specifically, we evaluated client verbal behavior relevant to the six core processes of ACT (e.g., cognitive fusion, experiential avoidance, etc.). We will also discuss the logistics of starting a pro bono practice. |
|
Behavioral Resilience in Military Personnel: Implications for Assessment and Intervention |
(Theory) |
NICOLE C GROSKREUTZ (PEAK Behavioral Services, LLC), Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: There is an extensive, multi-disciplinary body of literature exploring resilience within varied populations and across contexts. Yet there is no consensus amongst researchers on how resilience should be operationalized. The American Psychological Association (2018) defines resilience as “the process of adapting well” when faced with “adversity, trauma, tragedy, threats, or significant sources of stress” (para. 4). Defining resilience behaviorally, we might replace ‘adapting well’ with ‘particular patterns of positive behaviors that will persist’ in the presence of behavioral disruptors. Within the context of combat-related trauma, researchers and clinicians have looked to promote resilience as a means of decreasing the risk of soldiers developing post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). We may be able to enhance these efforts by applying a behavior analytic conceptualization of resilience, as it could result in identification of the particular adaptive behaviors (both overt and covert) that must persist in the face of various behavioral disruptors. Presumably, soldiers could then be trained, targeting increases in behavioral resilience through the application of behavior analytic interventions similar to those used to address other behaviors. We will review research targeting increasing resilience, and discuss the potential benefits of a behavior analytic interpretation of resilience within a military context. |
|
|
|
|
|
Impacting Others and the Home We Share: Psychological Flexibility, Prosocial Behavior, and Ecological Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Rebecca Copell (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behaving in ways that impact our relationships and physical environment positively is subject to many challenges. Amongst them is one’s willingness to experience the discomfort associated with our impact on each other and our planet such that effective behavior can be shaped. Psychological flexibility involves engagement in personally meaningful behavior, even when doing so increases discomfort. This symposium includes analyses of socially meaningful behavior through the perspective of the psychological flexibility model. Each presentation examines how psychological flexibility and associated repertoires might moderate the impacts of contextual manipulations on socially meaningful behavior. The first presentation will examine how an educational video on climate change might impact ecological behavior differently, depending on participants’ psychological flexibility. The second presentation considers the role of flexible connectedness in explaining relations between parenting and altruistic behavior. Finally, patterns between findings, lessons for future research, and implications for broad scale intervention to improve socially meaningful behavior will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Altruism, Prosocial Behavior, Psychological Flexibility |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts interested in social issues |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe how psychological flexibility and related factors converge with the parenting context to influence altruistic behavior
(2) describe how psycholoigcal flexbility influences responsiveness to climate change education in terms of behavior change and behavior change intentions |
|
Parenting Prosocial Prodigies: What Matters Most? |
CALEB FOGLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The effects of parenting practices have been of consistent interest to the general public, as current parents and parents-to-be ask researchers and practitioners; “what matters most?” In order to explore the importance of parenting practices, they can be conceptualized either categorically in terms of parenting style, or continuously in terms of the degree care and overprotection they exhibit. The current study focuses on parenting practices effects on altruism and other prosocial behaviors. Altruistic behaviors can be defined in this case as a behavior in which some sort of expended effort or physical cost outweighs any sort of promised or potential reward. The current study investigated if perceived parenting predicted altruistic behavior in a decision making task. Next, components of flexible connectedness (empathic concern, perspective taking, and psychological flexibility) were explored as moderating and mediating factors in the relationship between parenting and altruism. Surprisingly, inflexible parenting styles tended to predict altruistic behavior, and none of the flexible connected factors explained this relationship. Implications for parent training and further research will be discussed. |
|
Psychological Flexibility as a Predictor of Ecological Behavior Change After Informational Intervention |
JESSICA CRIDDLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Meagan Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Climate change is a well-documented phenomenon affecting humankind as a whole, yet a large portion of individuals who understand this fact do not engage in behavior to address it. Avoidance of climate change and the prosocial behaviors needed to halt this condition may be related to psychological inflexibility, defined in the therapeutic approach of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as dominance of aversive control. Psychological flexibility entails the ability to change behavior to match values even as it increases aversive stimulation. To examine this relationship, over 200 college students completed self-report questionnaires to assess psychological flexibility and attitudes toward humankind's relationship with the environment. Participants were then exposed to three educational videos on climate change and selected a list of behaviors they would be willing to adopt. Finally a subset of participants chose to receive seven daily surveys to assess progress in achieving these behavior changes. Both behavioral intentions and self-reported behavior were predicted from psychological flexibility. Convergence and divergence of these effects will be discussed along with implications for intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations in the Assessment of Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Akers (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Assessment is integral to developing effective challenging behavior interventions. This symposium will include three studies related to innovations in the assessment of challenging behavior for children with developmental disabilities. The first study consisted of a systematic literature review of the previous research on the treatment of severe challenging behavior for adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The second study included an evaluation of the use of demand assessments to individualize functional analysis and treatment of escape-maintained challenging behavior. The third study included the use of a competing items analysis to individualize the intervention to reduce automatically maintained stereotypy. Overall, the symposium will involve a detailed discussion of methods to improve the efficacy of the intervention through the assessment of challenging behavior. Implications for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior for practitioners who work with individuals with developmental disabilities will be discussed. In addition, the symposium will include specific directions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, developmental disabilities |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the procedures of a demand assessment 2. Attendees will be able to describe the procedures of a competing stimulus assessment 3. Attendees will be able to match challenging behavior intervention procedures to the results of relevant assessments |
|
Systematic Review of Behavioral Interventions for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities and Severe Challenging Behavior (2001–2016) |
CHRISTINE DREW (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are more likely to engage in severe challenging behavior which include behaviors that are dangerous to the individual and others. These behaviors are often targeted for intervention because of their impact on educational, social, and health outcomes. However, research on assessment and intervention for adolescents with severe challenging behavior has not been systematically reviewed. Systematic searches of three online databases and ancestral searches of the resulting manuscripts were conducted, and 78 studies met inclusion criteria. The studies where then evaluated for: (a) participant demographic information; (b) behavioral intervention; (c) challenging behavior topography; (d) behavior assessment; (e) experimental standards ratings; and (f) percentage of zero data (PZD) for the final phase of the intervention. Participants were likely to have either an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or intellectual disability. The vast majority of studies included some form of functional assessment and most included packaged interventions. The most common functions of challenging behavior were escape and automatic. Common combinations of interventions were compiled. Future research recommendations including using other measures such as amount of medications and time spent in less restrictive settings and addressing puberty and hormonal motivating operations in this population. |
|
The Use of Demand Assessments in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
SUZANNAH AVERY (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Kristen Williams (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Selection of demands without a demand assessment could result in a failure to identify an escape function for escape-maintained challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to (a) evaluate the effect of immediate help on the rate of challenging behavior during high-aversive, low-accuracy demands and (b) to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention based on the assessment results in reducing challenging behavior. One 3-year-old with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. A demand assessment was used to identify high-aversive, low-accuracy demands. In a second assessment, high-aversive, low-accuracy demands with immediate help resulted in lower rates of challenging behavior as compared to high-aversive, low accuracy demands without immediate help. We evaluated the efficacy of the subsequent intervention using a reversal design. The results indicated that requesting help with differential reinforcement resulted in a reduction in challenging behavior. Data collection with a second participant is ongoing. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Effect of Competing Stimuli on Automatically Maintained Motor Stereotypy |
GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Automatically maintained stereotypy, or repetitive behavior, is common among children with autism spectrum disorder. This study described the treatment of automatically maintained stereotypy for a 2-year-old girl with autism. The child’s father implemented all intervention sessions. The initial intervention consisted of prompting for appropriate engagement, differential reinforcement for appropriate engagement, and extinction. The efficacy of the intervention was evaluated using an alternating treatment design. The treatment evaluation indicated the initial intervention was not effective in reducing automatically maintained motor stereotypy. The researchers then conducted a competing stimulus assessment. The initial intervention with a competing stimulus was effective in reducing motor stereotypy. Intervention effects persisted following the removal of the differential reinforcement and extinction components. The results indicated that the use of a competing stimulus with the initial intervention was effective in reducing automatically maintained stereotypy. The findings suggest the importance of identifying items that compete with automatically maintained stereotypy, to the extent possible, in order to effectively reduce stereotypy. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Evaluations in Behavioral Gerontology With Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Andrea Perez, M.A. |
Abstract: As the aging population continues to grow and the prevalence of neurocognitive disorder increases, there is an increased need for behavioral gerontology and opportunities for research with a wide range of empirical questions needing to be answered. This will ultimately inform behavior analytic treatments available and increase the quality of life of older adults diagnosed with neurocognitive disorder (NCD). This symposium includes three talks that will cover wide applications of behavioral gerontology from basic preparations: (a) Stimulus control and Extinction with Older Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder: A Basic Research Study, in which researchers will present data from an ongoing evaluation on reinforcement, extinction and stimulus control; (b) Reinforcer Identification Form- a Tool to Identify Preferred Stimuli for Older Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder. Researchers will present on the development and use of a tool to assist in the identification of preferred stimuli; and (c) Lounge Layout to Facilitate Communication and Engage People with Dementia, which will expand upon previous literature by demonstrating the importance of living arrangement design and the impact of modifications of those arrangements on older adults’ communication and engagement levels. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: graduate students in behavior analysis, board certified behavior analysts, behavioral gerontology practitioners, behavioral gerontology researchers. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Determine the impacts of environmental arrangement on communication and engagement levels with older adults with NCD 2. Identify considerations for stimuli selection to inform treatment for engagement with older adults with NCD 3. Identify how stimulus control and extinction may impact responding for older adults with NCD |
|
Stimulus Control and Extinction With Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder: A Basic Research Study |
(Basic Research) |
JORDAN BAILEY (Western Michigan University), Sandra Garcia (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The effects of extinction have been demonstrated in community dwelling older adults (Plaud, Plaud, & Duvillard, 1999), but to date, there have been limited empirical demonstrations of the the effects of extinction for older adults with neurocognitive disorder. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to examine whether withdrawal of a reinforcer from a previously reinforced behavior would result in behavior change for this population. This study extends a study presented last year with the use of a multielement design rather than a reversal. Preferred stimuli (pictures) were identified prior to implementation through use of a preference assessment followed by reinforcer assessment. The effects of the schedules were assessed with a computer program on a tablet PC. Conditions were signaled by the presentation of various shapes along with the buttons. The effects of reinforcement were compared with extinction and/or non-contingent reinforcement schedules. The experimental arrangement consisted of a presentation of two buttons that (a) would activate a preferred picture; (b) produce nothing (in the extinction condition); or (c) produced nothing (but pictures were available on a time-based schedule). These data will be discussed with respect to the implications for both basic and applied research. |
|
Reinforcer Identification Form: A Tool to Identify Preferred Stimuli for Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
ANDREA PEREZ (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: An important line of research within behavioral gerontology has been skill acquisition and activity engagement procedures with older adults with neurocognitive disorder. A critical underlying aspect of such work is to ensure that the stimuli that are being used in these procedures are functioning as reinforcers. Currently, research on preference assessments with older adults appears to involve the arbitrary selection of items informed by existing structured, close-ended and non-individualized tools. This approach is problematic because it may lead to the identification and selection of items that may not be preferred by an individual, and can lead to poor programming. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to evaluate the utility of a new tool, The Reinforcer Identification Form, and to validate the items identified by implementing a stimulus preference assessment and a modified engagement assessment. |
|
Lounge Layout to Facilitate Communication and Engagement in People With Dementia |
(Applied Research) |
REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Emma Williams (Bangor University), Rebecka Rornes (Bangor University), Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University), Carolien Lamers (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Direct measures of indices of happiness, engagement, and communication can serve as proxies for measures of quality of life in people with dementia. The design of care settings for people with dementia is often guided by expert opinion rather than empirical data. We evaluated the effect of arranging lounge furniture in different configurations on communication, engagement with activities, and indices of happiness in people with dementia living on a specialized dementia ward. We found that the common configuration of chairs placed around the outside of the room resulted in the least communication, engagement, and indices of happiness. Communication occurred most when the furniture was arranged in small groups, and engagement occurred most when the furniture was arranged to maximize the salience of the available activities. Our data show that simple antecedent manipulations that do not require extensive staff training or involvement can improve the quality of life of people with dementia in care settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficient and Resource-Saving Interventions in Middle Schools: Two Empirical Examples |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
Discussant: M. Kathleen Kathleen Strickland-Cohen (Texas Christian University ) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Middle school teachers struggle to effectively address the behavioral and academic needs of students with disabilities in their classrooms. Research in the fields of behavior analysis and special education provide a wealth of strategies that are likely to be effective with middle school students, however these strategies are often not feasible for teachers to implement in their classrooms. Teachers have limited resources (e.g., time, funding), and do not receive adequate training, coaching, and ongoing support to implement many of the interventions that have been documented as effective in the literature. As such, it is important that researchers identify efficient interventions that are reasonable for implementation in schools. This symposium will include two studies that examine the effects of contextually appropriate interventions, specifically activity schedules and interdependent group contingencies, in improving the behavior of middle school students with disabilities. Both studies used single subject research designs (multiple baseline across students with an embedded reversal and an ABAB) and demonstrate a functional relation between the intervention and student behavior. These strong treatment effects contribute to literature, provide directions for further research, and have important applied implications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): classroom, middle school, problem behavior, special education |
Target Audience: BCBAs working in schools.
Faculty doing school-based research |
|
Improving On-Task Behavior in Middle School Students With Disabilities: Modified Activity Schedules |
STEPHANIE MATTSON (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Middle school students receiving special education services under specific learning disability and other health impairment often struggle to remain on-task and meet independent work demands. Although a variety of strategies have been documented as effective in improving on-task behavior in students with disabilities, most are not contextually appropriate for public schools. Activity schedules may provide an efficient, minimally intrusive, and low-effort intervention for middle school classrooms. In this study, a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded reversal was used to examine the effects of activity schedules on on-task and on-schedule behavior of four middle school students with disabilities in a resource classroom. Results demonstrate increased on-task and on-schedule behavior for all participants in math and language arts settings, and students and teachers both indicated that they enjoyed the activity schedule and that it improved on-task behavior and work completion. Implications for practice and future research are discussed. |
|
Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingency and Randomized Reinforcers in a Middle School Classroom |
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University), Robert Olberding (Virginia Beach City Public Schools) |
Abstract: Middle school students receiving special education services under specific learning disability and other health impairment often struggle to remain on-task and meet independent work demands. Although a variety of strategies have been documented as effective in improving on-task behavior in students with disabilities, most are not contextually appropriate for public schools. Activity schedules may provide an efficient, minimally intrusive, and low-effort intervention for middle school classrooms. In this study, a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded reversal was used to examine the effects of activity schedules on on-task and on-schedule behavior of four middle school students with disabilities in a resource classroom. Results demonstrate increased on-task and on-schedule behavior for all participants in math and language arts settings, and students and teachers both indicated that they enjoyed the activity schedule and that it improved on-task behavior and work completion. Implications for practice and future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics of the Marketing Firm: Bilateral Contingency, Metacontingency, and Agency |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Gordon Foxall, Ph.D. |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
GORDON FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik) |
Gordon R. Foxall is Distinguished Research Professor at Cardiff Business School, Cardiff University (UK), and a Visiting Professor in economic psychology at the University of Reykjavik (Iceland). He holds a Ph.D. in industrial economics and business studies (University of Birmingham); a Ph.D. in psychology (University of Strathclyde); and a higher doctorate (DSocSc) also from the University of Birmingham. He is the author of some 300 refereed papers and chapters and over 30 books. He has held visiting appointments at the Universities of Michigan, Oxford, South Australia and Guelph, and is a Fellow of the Academy of Social Sciences (FAcSS); a Fellow of the British Psychological Society (FBPsS); and a Fellow of the British Academy of Management (FBAM). His principal research interests include consumer behavior analysis, the philosophical implications of the neurophilosophy of consumer choice, and the theory of the marketing firm. |
Abstract: The theme of this talk is the nature of the organizations that meet consumer demand, the susceptibility of their behavior to operant explanation, and the consequences of treating them as operant systems. All firms market. Marketing, moreover, provides the raison d’être of firms. Just as consumers can be shown to maximize the utilitarian and informational reinforcement they receive from commodities, so firms maximize similar sources of reward through the generation and implementation of marketing mixes that influence consumer choice. But over and above the operations involved in marketing functions, firms are compelled by the imperatives of modern economies to engage in customer-oriented management in order to compete within and between traditional industries for the dollars over which customers have discretion. This talk draws on ideas from microeconomics and marketing science, as well as behavior analysis, in a nontechnical exploration of the sensitivity of corporate activity to contingencies of reinforcement. I argue that the concept of metacontingency is central to understanding the behavior of organizations such as marketing firms and that the idea of bilateral contingency is central to understanding why they exist and what their function is. |
Target Audience: All those interested in the behavioral economics of organizations and their publics; organizational management; public policy with respect to business firms; the interaction of operant analysis and other disciplines and the implications of using economics to understand human behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how organizations that meet consumer demand can be analyzed in operant terms; (2) discuss the economic and marketing imperatives that explain the existence of prevalence of these marketing firms; (3) discuss the concept of bilateral contingency and how the interrelationships of marketing firms and their customers can be analyzed as interlocking contingencies; (4) discuss marketing firms as metacontingencies and the implications of this for their acting as economic and social agents; (5) discuss the policy implications of marketing firms as they interact with different kinds of customer (e.g., other business organizations vs. aggregates of individual consumers. |
|
|
|
|
|
What’s Culture Got to Do With It?: Essentials of Supervision |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Shane Spiker, M.S. |
Chair: Shane Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.) |
JENNY PAGAN (BlueSprig Pediatrics) |
SABRINA DE LA FE (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
ONAIDA SANCHEZ (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
Abstract: As our field expands our analysts are exposed to various cultures, including work in international markets as well as diverse populations within our own communities. Because of the diversity of individuals we serve, there is a clear need to begin a discussion about the consideration of ethics when navigating the nuances between cultural norms. In addition, we may be missing the opportunity to support a large portion of the population due to our lack of cultural sensitivities. While this overarching discussion is broad and sometimes difficult to operationally define, there are areas of our practice that we can begin developing to create socially significant changes in the culture of our field. In this panel we would like to address how including multi-cultural competencies in our supervision process are crucial and can develop culturally sensitive practitioners. We would also like to address the ethical dilemmas we come across when working with differing cultures. As we are working in the homes of our clients for months sometimes years, and cultural sensitivity is imperative for programing, training of caregivers, and successfully achieving the client’s ultimate outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This Panel is developed for current Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will identify multicultural competencies in behavior analytics. 2) Participants will learn how to navigate difficult cultural challenges in the supervisory role. 3) Participants will learn how to navigate ethics and respecting cultural systems. 4) Participants will learn how to effectively supervise and train their team on cultural competencies |
Keyword(s): Culture, Ethics, Supervision, Training |
|
|
|
|
|
Science Communication and Behavior Analysis: Correcting Missed Opportunities |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Panelists: MATTHEW NORMAND (University of the Pacific), RYAN O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC), MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have long lamented the relative ignorance from the general public regarding our science. While the field has made efforts to address our dissemination, many still believe we have much work to do. On the contrary, other disciplines within the social and behavioral sciences have captured public interest, leveraging social media to garner attention and disseminate to large audience. Many of these audiences include stakeholders and policymakers with the power and authority to bring scientific influences into the mainstream. Despite a relative dearth of behavior analysts on social media platforms, there is a small group of highly effective communicators that have tips and strategies to share. This panel includes three effective behavioral science communicators who will share their experiences and expertise in the hopes of promoting others to more effectively communicate their own work in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current limitations in behavior analyst’s science communication, (2) describe contemporary methods of engaging the public with science communication via social media, and (3) operationalize ways behavior analysts can change their dissemination tactics to better communicate science. |
MATTHEW NORMAND (University of the Pacific) |
Dr. Normand is a Professor of Psychology at the University of the Pacific and serves on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy and methodology of science. He is the former editor of The Behavior Analyst, a former associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Currently, he serves as an associate editor for the European Journal of Behavior Analysis and is on the editorial boards of Behavioral Interventions, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior and Philosophy, and Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. Dr. Normand was the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Div. 25). |
RYAN O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC) |
Hey, I'm Ryan. I usually go by Ryan O or RYANO. I hail from northern Nevada in the grungy, yet surprisingly classy, (and newly renovated) Reno, Nevada . I like my climate like I like my data: evolving, uncompromising, and progressive. I am a master of science; that is, I have an M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis, however my interests have grown to include many other interests, including entrepreneurship and capturing perspectives and stories through various mediums. These interests and skills have allowed me to work with a lot of great people. I've started three businesses, started numerous active joint venture agreements, a behavioral think-tank, a podcast, a professional development movement, helped organizations that support people with Intellectual Disabilities, to list a few. Currently I am on a "gap year" creating content about behavior analysis as I ready for my next venture in 2019. I focus outside this role on building a community of thought leaders and doers to create content that increases the transparency of behavior analytic technologies with the hopes of creating a platform that truly saves the world. My interests are all over, from artificial intelligence and machine learning applications to the theory and philosophy behind Why We Do What We Do (wwdwwdpodcast.com). In my spare time you can find me consuming social media, prepping/climbing a giant mountain, or walking around with my camera in my hand (and, occasionally, all simultaneously). Connect with me personally on most all social platforms via @TheDailyBA and @TheRyanoDotCom and let me know what drives you to pursue the Behavior Analysis vision. |
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC) |
Matt Cicoria is a behavioral and educational consultant in private practice, providing services to school and community settings in New Hampshire and Vermont. Matt earned his B.A. in Psychology at the University of New Hampshire, and then his M.S. in Psychology at Auburn University under the supervision of Dr. Jim Johnston. After graduate school, Matt went to work in the field of Developmental Disabilities, with tenures at large organizations such as AdvoServ and the Institute of Professional Practice. In 2002, Matt earned his BCBA certificate, and in 2007, he started his independent consulting practice, Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC. His clinical interests include the assessment and treatment of problem behaviors in public school settings, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Precision Teaching. As a dissemination project, Matt created The Behavioral Observations Podcast, in February of 2016. The podcast publishes long-form interviews with leading behavior analysts, in which current topics in the field are discussed in a casual format. Since its inception, the show has been downloaded over three-quarters of a million times, and has reached audiences in over 100 countries. Matt, along with Dr. Lisa Britton, has co-authored the forthcoming book, Remote Fieldwork Supervision for BCBA© Trainees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Public Speaking Skills via Expert Speaker Recommendations and Modified Habit Reversal Therapy |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Danielle Geierman (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Public speaking is paramount to an individual’s professional and career development. Proficient speaking is also an important skill for communicating powerful messages to professional audiences (Friman, 2014). For example, Friman urges behavior analysts to use “front of the room” opportunities to help achieve Skinner’s vision of disseminating our science to mainstream audiences. However, public speaking is one of the most commonly reported human fears; thus “front of the room” opportunities are often avoided. This symposium will focus on identifying barriers to fluent public speaking as well as providing recommendations and interventions to improve speaker credibility and effectiveness while speaking in front of an audience. In the first presentation, Dr. Megan Heinicke will present results from a survey of behavior analysts’ public speaking practices as well as public speaking recommendations pulled from interviewing expert public speakers in our field. In the second presentation, Danielle Geierman will present a series of evaluations of modified habit reversal to decrease speech disfluencies (or “filler words” such as “umm” and the inappropriate use of the word “like”). Dr. Jonathan Tarbox will conclude this symposium by providing his remarks on both presentations as well as the importance of disseminating our science via public speaking. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): expert recommendations, habit reversal, public speaking, speech disfluencies |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts or students pursuing the BCBA credential |
|
Survey and Interview of Board Certified Behavior Analysts' Public Speaking Practices |
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: In his 2014 paper, Friman makes 15 recommendations for behavior analysts wishing to improve their public speaking skills and encourages the field of ABA to view public speaking as a mechanism through which we can more broadly disseminate our science. However, for more behavior analysts to engage in public speaking, they must overcome the obstacles and fear associated with the task. Although some behavior-analytic research exists in public speaking, this body of literature is small, and many empirical questions remain. Little is known about why behavior analysts fear public speaking, which skills need to be targeted to improve public speaking skills, and what successful public speakers in our field do to be considered effective and entertaining by audience members. In this study, we 1) surveyed behavior analysts to identify barriers and fears associated with public speaking, and 2) identified and interviewed the most frequently invited public speakers at major ABA conferences. Results from 867 respondents to the survey will be summarized according to themes. In addition, themes from the interviews with 10 frequently invited public speaker will be used to generate a list of recommendations that may be helpful to behavior analysts wishing to improve their public speaking skills. |
|
Evaluating the Efficiency of Modified Habit Reversal for Reducing Speech Disfluencies |
DANIELLE GEIERMAN (California State University, Sacramento), Christina Montes (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Recent literature supports using a multi-component awareness training procedure to decrease speech disfluencies for college students (Montes, Heinicke, & Geierman, in press; Spieler & Miltenberger, 2017). However, this procedure can be time-consuming and is likely not feasible in practical settings such as college classrooms or student support centers. The present study aimed to reduce the time commitment required to decrease speech disfluencies by extending previous research in a series of experiments. In Experiment 1, we conducted a component analysis of awareness training to determine if both components studied in previous investigations are necessary to produce meaningful outcomes. In Experiment 2, we evaluated the efficacy of a contingent vibrating pager to determine if an awareness enhancement device reduces training time. Finally, we evaluated the effects of the vibrating pager in conjunction with specific written feedback and graphic feedback on total training time in Experiment 3. Efficacy and efficiency of the interventions across experiments will be discussed along with preliminary recommendations. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Public Health Approach to Early Learning |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
DANA SUSKIND (University of Chicago) |
Dana Suskind, MD, is Co-Director of the TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health at the University of Chicago. A Professor of Surgery, she is Founder and Director of the Pediatric Cochlear Implant Program, and Founder and Director of Thirty Million Words. She received her MD at the University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine.
At the TMW Center, she is working on advancing a novel public health approach to early learning which places parents at the center of their children’s language and cognitive development. Her research focuses on foundational brain development, with an overarching aim to affect a population-shift in the knowledge and the behavior of parents and caregivers in order to reduce the achievement gap and prevent early cognitive disparities at onset. Given the absence of any such tools in the field, she and her team developed a knowledge assessment tool, the Survey of Parent/Providers’ Expectations and Knowledge (SPEAK), which influences all three areas of her research: behavior change interventions, efficacy testing, and implementation scaling.
Her research includes numerous peer-reviewed publications, and national and international speaking engagements. Author of the book, Thirty Million Words: Building a Child’s Brain, she has been featured in The New York Times, The Washington Post, Crain’s Chicago Business, National Public Radio, and other national media outlets. |
Abstract: Dr. Dana Suskind is Co-Director of TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health, Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics, and the Director of the Pediatric Cochlear Implant Program at the University of Chicago. Her research focuses on the role of parents and caregivers in foundational brain development, with an overarching aim to narrow the achievement gap and prevent early cognitive disparities at a population level. Dr. Suskind will share the observations that led her to create the TMW Center for Early Learning + Public Health. The Center develops evidence-based interventions that enable parents, caregivers, practitioners, and researchers to harness the power of language to impact early cognitive disparities particularly among children born into poverty. Dr. Suskind will discuss the science that drives her research and share excerpts of TMW curricula and study results. Additionally, she will highlight the need for a public health approach to early learning as well as the TMW Center’s upcoming community-wide rollout that will utilize existing social and health infrastructures to disseminate our suite of interventions and critical public health information within a single US city. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of early language exposure for foundational brain development; (2) define the 3 “Ts”: Tune in, Talk More, Take Turns; (3) discuss the importance of parent and caregiver engagement for children’s cognitive and language development. |
|
|
|
|
|
Playing and Pretending: A Behavioral Approach to Teaching Pretend Play |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers) |
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.S. |
Abstract: Play is an integral part of typical development and should be an emphasis in early intervention for children with autism (Lifter & Bloom, 1989). Utilizing behavioral intervention leads to significant increases in play skills (Stahmer, 1995) and decreases inappropriate behaviors including self-stimulatory behaviors (Sani-Bozkurt & Ozen, 2015). The Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC) is a developmentally-sequenced, behaviorally- based tool designed to establish and expand pretend play in children, ages 2-7. The 5 elements of pretend play, category, agent, object, advanced, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play, are targeted systematically to teach independent and sociodramatic pretend play to children with autism. The studies in this symposium evaluate the effectiveness of the PPLAC when teaching various stages of pretend play. Familiar play actions and corresponding vocalizations from Stage 1: Single Agent were taught across three communication modalities to further assess the correlation between play and language. Object of play, specifically symbolic play, was evaluated to identify preferences in object substitution items. Additionally, the effectiveness of two behavioral interventions, script fading and video modeling, was evaluated when targeting a sequence of play in Stage 3: Play Schemes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Pretend Play, Script fading, Symbolic play, Video modeling |
Target Audience: BCBA, BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will identify five elements of pretend play including category, agent, object, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play 2) Participants will identify attributes of object substitution items including size, shape, and color to utilize when teaching pretend play 3) Participants will identify how to use a speech generating device when teaching pretend play 4) Participants will identify the systematic approach to introducing and chaining targets in Stage 1 5) Participants will label the social expectations for targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum 6) Participants will identify effective interventions to teach a sequence of pretend play actions and corresponding vocalizations 7) Participants will compare rates of acquisition, maintenance, and generalization for two behavioral interventions, script fading and video modeling |
|
An Evaluation of Object Substitution Items in the Symbolic Play of Children With Autism |
NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers) |
Abstract: Development of symbolic play is indicative of a child's cognitive development (Casby, 2003). Object substitution is the form of symbolic play that has been most systematically related to future language development (Smith & Jones, 2011). Substituted objects initially tend to be ambiguous, simple in shape, have minimal surface details, and are geometrically similar in shape (Smith & Jones, 2011; Ungerer Zelazo, Kearsley, & O’Leary, 1981). When utilizing behavioral interventions children with autism are capable of the same level of symbolic play as typically developing children (Charman & Baron-Cohen, 1997). The purpose of this study was to assess object substitution preferences between household items and alternative toy items for three boys with autism, ages 2-5, across three different play targets. Object substitution items were analyzed for similar size, shape, color, and function. Following acquisition of the play target with the actual item, the adult modeled the play action and corresponding vocalization with the item (e.g., hot dog) immediately prior to presenting the child with two object substitution options to complete the play action. The results comparing the selections were evaluated. The outcome of this study demonstrated that household items were more frequently selected when compared to alternative toy items. |
|
Teaching Pretend Play Actions Across Three Communication Modalities |
MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers) |
Abstract: Pretend play provides critical learning opportunities for all children in their everyday lives (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012), and is the primary context to establish and expand social communicative skills (Mathieson & Banerjee, 2010). Sigman and Ruskin (1999) identified a correlation between play and language development. Deficits in functional speech lead to barriers in participation and inclusion during play (Boesch, Wendt, Subramanian, & Hsu, 2013). Utilizing augmentative and alternative communication can address these barriers. The purpose of this study was to teach three children diagnosed with autism, ages 2-5, play actions and vocalizations across 20 targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum. Familiar actions and vocalizations were taught across three additional elements of pretend play: agent, object, and essential skills to sociodramatic play. Three communication modalities were utilized in the study including vocalizations, PECS, and a speech generating device. A concurrent multiple baseline across participants was conducted across three actions and vocalizations. The outcome of the study demonstrated the efficacy of the steps identified in Stage 1: Single Agent, to teach all 3 children, across communication modalities, single play actions with corresponding vocalizations incorporating four of the five elements of pretend play. |
|
Script Fading or Video Modeling to Teach One Character Role in a Sequence of Play |
MOLLIE ANN RICHERT (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers) |
Abstract: Character roles are an important aspect of pretend play that lead to more successful social play opportunities in the future (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012). Behaviorally-based interventions have been effective in teaching children with autism appropriate play skills (Palechka & MacDonald, 2010). The purpose of this study was to compare script fading with video modeling when teaching a sequence of independent pretend play actions and vocalizations for one character role to children with autism. Script fading and video modeling have been compared to other interventions in the research such as pivotal response training (Lydon, Healy, & Leader, 2011) and social stories (Dudleston, 2008). Results compiled from studies utilizing video modeling or scripts have been compared (Sng, Carter, & Stephenson, 2014), however, these interventions have not been directly compared in single-subject research. A multiple baseline across participants with an adapted alternating treatment design was implemented. One character role was taught for two play schemes, each consisting of seven scripted play actions and vocalizations. Script fading and video modeling were effective in teaching all 4 participants a sequence of play actions and vocalizations for one character role. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Technology to Teach Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kian Assemi (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) ) |
CE Instructor: Kian Assemi, M.S. |
Abstract: Recent advancements in technology have increased the use of technology to assist and teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Technology-based tools have been used in various capacities, including augmented and alternative communication (AAC), prompting tools, and video modeling. As technologies have become more affordable and accessible, researchers have investigated the efficacy of computer-based interventions (CBIs) and virtual reality (VR) tools to teach a wide range of skills, including academic, language, social, and adaptive skills, to individuals with ASD. VR technology has been of particular interest for teaching prosocial behaviors such as social and safety skills, such that VR allows individuals to actively participate in an immersive environment while simultaneously receiving immediate visual and auditory feedback. Additionally, VR simulations replicate naturalistic settings and increase generalization of skills from the virtual environment to the real world. This symposium presents: 1.) an updated literature review on the technological advances used to teach individuals with ASD, with a focus on VR tools, 2.) a study evaluating the efficacy of CBI to teach receptive language skills, and 3.) a study evaluating the efficacy of VR to teach safety skills. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, technology, treatment, virtual reality |
Target Audience: Researchers and clinicians practicing applied behavior analysis (ABA) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss recent technological advancements used to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); (2) discuss the efficacy of a computer-based intervention (CBI) to teach receptive language skills to children with ASD; (3) discuss the efficacy of virtual reality (VR) training to teach safety skills to children with ASD. |
|
A Review of Technological Advancements to Teach Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KIAN ASSEMI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Computer-based instruction (CBI) and video-based instruction have become more commonly evaluated variables in applied behavior analytic literature. Recent research has found support for the efficacy of video-based instruction for teaching social skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). As CBI technology progresses, so does the potential of different behavior analytic applications that use such technology. Some CBI procedures, such as mobile applications, have incorporated the gamification of learning tasks, which involve presenting educational material in a format that emulates a game. Such gamification procedures have the potential to create motivation for individuals to learn skills that would otherwise remain unlearned. More recently, immersive virtual reality has been used to teach skills to individuals with ASD. Research has found that significant gains can be made for individuals with ASD in areas such as theory of mind, emotional recognition, safety skills, and occupational functioning. Additionally, using virtual reality may offer the ability to teach behaviors that could otherwise result in dangerous natural consequences (e.g., crossing the street, cutting with knives) in a safe manner. Finally, virtual reality may be helpful in practicing behaviors for which the context for learning is rare or difficult to emulate (e.g., desensitization to flying on a plane, practicing safe behavior during an earthquake). |
|
The Use of a Mobile Application to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ESTHER HONG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Marlena Novack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Computer-based interventions (CBIs) have been used in various capacities to assist individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). CBIs are comprised of software developed to provide treatment using built-in mechanisms, such as instructional tools, immediate feedback, and data collection. The current study evaluated the efficacy of a mobile application, Camp Discovery, which was designed to teach receptive language skills to children with ASD based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). A total of 28 participants (2-8 years old) with ASD were randomly assigned to an immediate treatment group (N = 15) or delayed treatment control group (N = 13). Participants in the treatment group made significant gains, p < .001, M = 58.1, SE = 2.13, following 4 weeks of interaction with the mobile application as compared to the control group, M = 8.4, SE = 2.13. Further, acquired skills were maintained one month after application usage was discontinued. The present findings support the use of CBI to deliver ABA-based treatment to individuals with ASD. |
|
The Use of Virtual Reality to Teach Safety Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Marlena Novack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have impairments across a wide range of skills, including safety skills. Teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD is critical, given the potentially dangerous and fatal consequences. Although several methods (e.g., video training, mock simulations, natural environment training) have been used to teach street-crossing skills to children with ASD, these methods have been ineffective in generalizing skills to real-life street-crossing scenarios. Virtual reality (VR) technology may be a solution to teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD, such that VR environments provide immersive, realistic scenarios in a safe, controlled manner. The current study used a multiple baseline design to teach three children with ASD (5-8 years old) street-crossing skills. All natural environment pre-treatment, post-treatment, and probe sessions were conducted in uncontrolled traffic areas. All VR probe and training sessions were conducted using the Oculus Rift headset and sensors. Pre-treatment probes demonstrated that all three participants averaged below 50% accuracy on the identification of safe and unsafe conditions in the natural environment. Following the VR training treatment, all three participants demonstrated 100% mastery of street-crossing skills in the natural environment. The current findings suggest that VR tools may be a safe and viable method for teaching safety skills to individuals with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Addressing the Global Application of Applied Behavior Analysis: The Expansion of an Orphanage to an Applied Behavior Analysis-Based School in China for Children With Multiple Disabilities |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
JESSICA CALIXTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABC Behavior) |
HELAYNA BANKS (ABC Behavior) |
LEAH JOY MADDOX (ABC Behavior; George Mason University) |
Abstract: There is a call for behavior analysts to research and create adaptations for those with multiple disabilities and impairments in all areas of the world. With growing attention to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as an approach to assist children with disabilities, ABA methodologies are spreading globally. Popular assessments available in the field, however do not adhere to individuals with multiple disabilities and significant impairments. This session will address the challenges encountered by a group of behavior analysts who spent two weeks introducing ABA to an orphanage in Fuzhou, China, that has had no prior exposure to ABA principles. The treatment plans created, incorporated child-specific adaptations for 25 children in the orphanage that are not easily assessed through common modalities. From this trip, it was ascertained that steps would need to be taken to accurately assess the skills and deficits of these children, many of whom were non-verbal, blind, and/or wheelchair bound. Since this experience, the expansion of the orphanage to include a school specializing in ABA has begun. The successes and challenges of creating an ABA school in a novel setting as well as ways to contribute to the school will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience would be for those interested in continuing their education on the global application of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Learning Objectives: The audience will be able to identify cultural factors that may influence treatment. The audience will gain basic understanding of adaptations possible for children with multiple disabilities and significant impairments. The audience will have an understanding of establishing an ABA-based school in a novel location and global application. |
Keyword(s): adaptations, China, global application, multiple disabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
Filling in the Gaps: Expanding Our Understanding of Automatic or Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Findings for Individuals With Challenging Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David R Donnelly (University of Rochester) |
CE Instructor: David R Donnelly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since first published (Iwata et al., 1982), the process of Functional Analysis (FA) has profoundly changed the process and effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analytical (ABA) treatment for individuals with challenging behaviors. Across ages and diagnoses, ABA has provided empirically validated evidence based treatment for behaviors maintained by attention, escape from demand, or tangibles. Yet in the years that have followed, the identification of automatic (assumed to be sensory) or undifferentiated findings has not kept pace, and this has left Behavior Analysts without a clear approach to treatment. This often results in needing to rely on default technologies that are often controversial, and less effective. In this symposium, we will discuss the potential significance of behavioral history on understanding the individual’s idiosyncratic function(s) of behavior; Looking at biological variables as potential motivating operations in further clarification of the function(s) of behavior; and working toward moving to more environmentally mediated variables informed by fine grained analysis of automatic reinforcement maintaining the behavior. Practical suggestions regarding more effective practice and research to address challenging behavior will be included. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCBA-Ds in practice, as well as those providing training for Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1) Symposium attendees will be able to identify potential benefits to Functional Analysis from including Behavioral History in their assessment. 2) Symposium attendees will be able to identify potential biological contributors to challenging behavior, as well as treatment approaches incorporating this information. 3)Symposium attendees will be aware of the relationship of scheule of automatic reinforcement, and the potential this information has in providing effective treatment for challenging behavior. |
|
Expanding the ‘Standard’ Functional Analysis: The Contribution of Behavioral History to Understanding and Treating Challenging Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
DAVID R DONNELLY (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Each individual’s behavior is a result of their own ontogeny, or individual behavioral history, in the environment(s) where the behavior occurred. The concept that future behavior is influenced by past consequences is a cornerstone of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). In assessing the function of present behavior, however, most Functional Analysis (FA) approaches place little or no emphasis on this important source of information. Obtaining a behavioral history can shed light on the potential function of behavior that would otherwise seem to be maintained by sensory or undifferentiated (unknown) reinforcement, but may in fact be maintained by idiosyncratic consequences. This presentation will focus on the process and value of analysis of historical information in developing a hypothesis regarding the function of challenging behavior, which is the purpose behind FA. Application of this process can significantly improve the accuracy of a FA, and potentially give rise to treatment that is more effective. |
|
Transfer of Behavioral Function: From Automatic Function to Social Function |
(Service Delivery) |
ZHICHUN ZHOU (Webster University), David R Donnelly (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Prior work in the behavioral field has produced four main functions to explain the exhibition of challenging behaviors. Different variations of socially mediated functions and the schedule programming of these social functions have also been discussed in hopes of developing tools to fully analyze behavioral functions, thereby designing and strengthening function-based behavioral interventions. However, the degree of understanding of automatically-maintained challenging behaviors remains at the beginner stage in the field. This presentation will shed light on the topic that has been barely examined by behavioral researchers; namely, the function of the schedule of automatic reinforcement on challenging behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. The presentation will examine how behavior analysts can program the schedule of social functions to compete the effects of the schedule of automatic reinforcement, in order to gradually transfer the function that is unobservable and unmeasurable to the social function that is observable and measurable. Further, potential behavioral intervention that is based on the schedule of automatic reinforcement will be discussed. |
|
Toward a Biological Analysis of Self-Injury: A Critical Review of Behavior Analysts' Methods of Analyzing Automatic Functions of Challenging Behavior |
(Theory) |
ELIZABETH ANDRESEN (Autism Learning Partners), David R Donnelly (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has greatly progressed since Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994) established a method to analyze and understand challenging behavior with the standard functional analysis (FA). However, behavior analysts still continue to face difficulty when analyzing and treating complex behaviors; particularly self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by automatic reinforcement. Automatic reinforcement as we know it is defined by the absence of social reinforcement; however, does this really indicate full understanding? Recent data suggest that treatment for automatic reinforcement, especially when indicated by an undifferentiated FA pattern, is significantly less effective than treatments for socially mediated behaviors (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015). Additionally, despite a significant literature base supporting biological components of these complex behaviors, little research has been done in this area since the late 20th century, and little has been incorporated into functional analysis methodologies. This presentation will serve as a critical review of the literature analyzing behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, indicated through functional analysis, citing data from behavior analytic and neurobiological journals. All in all, this presentation will strongly suggest a synthesis of biological and environmental variables when analyzing behavior to promote the most effective treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Aging and the Future: Developmental and Conceptual Analyses |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The present symposium considers two socially important topics pertinent to behavioral development; aging and planning for the future. The first presentation will focus on aging specifically. In doing so the presentation especially describes the various aspects of aging, both biological and psychological, as well as how cultural factors impact the aging process. The second presentation will focus on planning for the future, highlighting both conceptual and practical implications of this. Moreover, planning for the future will be considered in developmental perspective, and the difficulty associated with planning for the future across the lifespan is considered. This analysis will consider a number of topics, including time, distinguishing the future from the past, rule-governed behavior, and the vast contextual circumstances that impact all behavior. Given all of this, strengths and limitations of common strategies in planning for the future will be considered, and implications for understanding behavior development over time are highlighted. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts, researchers, graduate students, those interested in behavioral development and conceptual analysis. |
|
The Unbecoming of Age |
(Theory) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Along with changes of a biological sort, and in keeping with them, an individual’s psychological repertoire deteriorates with advancing age. Some changes of the biological sort, such as failing eyesight or hearing loss, may be remediated by eyeglasses or a hearing aid. Bones and joints may be fortified or replaced, and so on. So valuable is the property of youth in culture that the deterioration of biological characteristics is resisted, an intention facilitated by the partially implicit character of perception. And the tendency to resist aging becomes even more pronounced for women who, by virtue of the additional value attached to beauty, aspire to maintain this property in themselves beyond the natural course of its demise. By contrast, the deterioration of the psychological repertoire, as observed in memorial and intellectual difficulties, is not so readily corrected. For the most part, these changes are failures of responding with respect to verbally attributed and substitutive properties of stimuli, coupled with the disruptions to other activities produced by them. This presentation is focused on the psychological aspects of aging including the nature and implications of the repertorial decline, as well as the reasons and means by which it resisted and disguised. |
|
Planning for the Future: The Good and the Bad |
(Theory) |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: As verbal organisms, humans spend a great deal of their time planning for the future. Common sense tells us that this is a good thing, as we may be more prepared for that future when it inevitably arrives. Indeed, developing a general repertoire of planning behavior may be considered a good developmental target during childhood. Of course, the future individuals plan for may or may not ever happen. “Things change”, as the saying goes. One’s behavior is functionally related to number of dynamic factors, it is context dependent. While this is always the case, behavior is increasingly contextual over the course of one’s lifetime. Stimulus functions continue to evolve, and an increasingly large set of setting factors may be present or absent in any given circumstance; planning for the future can become difficult over time. Moreover, such planning may even result in less adaptation to an evolving context. This presentation considers all of this in developmental perspective, while discussing the subject-matter of behavior analysis, the constructs of time and the future, and implications from the literature on rule-governed behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Skill Acquisition Criterion and Its Effects on Maintenance |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Erica Jowett Hirst, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Few studies have evaluated the effects of mastery criterion on skill maintenance, and evaluating necessary levels of initial acquisition for maintenance of skills is extremely important. This symposium is comprised of a variety of studies evaluating the effects of different mastery criteria on skill maintenance. The first study compared the effects of 80%, 90%, and 100% mastery criteria across three consecutive sessions on the maintenance of tacting skills taught with most-to-least prompting during four weekly follow-up probes. The second study compared the effects of 90% mastery criteria at 1 day versus 3 days on 1-month maintenance probes with four children with developmental disabilities. The third study evaluated the effects of fluency-based mastery criterion using a treatment package consisting of pre-exposure, a wordbank, single-response repetition, and visual feedback on the maintenance of intraverbal skills related to Alabama sex laws for three individuals adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior; mastery criteria included 100% accuracy across three consecutive days in addition to a specific rate of responding. Results of each study are presented and discussed with respect to recommendations for practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): mastery criterion, skill maintenance |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: Participants will understand best practice for selecting the level of accuracy for mastery
Participants will understand best practice for selecting the number of days with accurate responding for mastery
Participants will learn how to incorporate fluency into mastery criteria |
|
The Effects of Varying Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance: A Replication With Most-To-Least Prompting |
EMILY BROOK LONGINO (Auburn University), Cassidy McDougale (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Jessica Palmier (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Previous evaluations have compared the effects of varying mastery criteria on the maintenance of skills taught with a least-to-most prompting procedure. Researchers found that 80% and 90% mastery criteria were not always sufficient in promoting maintenance. The present study evaluates the effects of 80%, 90%, and 100% mastery criteria across three consecutive sessions on the maintenance of tacting skills taught with most-to-least prompting during four weekly follow-up probes. The results indicate high levels of correct responding for skills taught to a 100% mastery criterion during follow-ups. For the two participants that mastered the 90% criterion target set, responding maintained above 90% three- and four-weeks following mastery. For all three participants, mastery levels of correct responding were not maintained for target sets taught to an 80% mastery criterion. Results support the use of more stringent mastery criteria in an effort to promote the maintenance of skills. Future research and clinical implications are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of 90% Mastery Criterion at One Day Versus Three Days on Skill Maintenance at One Month |
MONIQUE BARNETT (The University of Texas at Austin), Anna Budd (Queens College, CUNY), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a widely used and effective strategy for teaching various skills, and although many components of DTT are well established in the literature, little research exists concerning the criteria set for mastery (i.e., the point at which a skill is considered known and teaching is discontinued). In both research and practice, mastery criteria are commonly set at 80%-100% accuracy for two or three consecutive days or sessions; however, the rationale and necessity of this standard is unknown. Therefore, the current study compared the effects of 3-day and 1-day mastery criterion (with 90% accuracy) on skill maintenance at 1-month following mastery. Across two experiments that included different sets of students and target responses, we observed that both criteria produced skill acquisition and maintenance. The data suggest that some individuals may not need to have a skill tested for accuracy for 3 consecutive days or sessions prior to introducing a new target. |
|
Fluency and the Maintenance of Skills Related to Sex Laws for Individuals Adjudicated for Illegal Sexual Behavior |
SALLY A HAMRICK (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Will Davis (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the use of various mastery criteria on skill maintenance. This research has directly manipulated the accuracy component of mastery, as well as, the sessions across which these accuracy levels must be demonstrated. The current evaluation adds to this research by including a speed of responding dimension within the mastery criterion and extending this research to a unique population. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of a fluency treatment package consisting of pre-exposure, a wordbank, single-response repetition, and visual feedback on the maintenance of intraverbal skills related to Alabama sex laws for three individuals adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior. Additionally, we systematically faded both the pre-exposure and wordbank in a subsequent phase prior to mastery. We evaluated the effects of a 100% across 3 consecutive days mastery criterion on maintenance of accuracy across time. In addition, the mastery criterion included a rate of responding per unit of time component based on normative data. We examined the effects of this component on the maintenance of the speed of responding across time. The benefits of including a fluency-based mastery criterion are discussed as well as directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Panel Discussion on the Impact of School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports and Applied Behavior Analysis on Educational Systems |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Center for Inclusive Communities) |
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute) |
JODIE SORACCO (UNR) |
Abstract: This session will be a panel discussion comparing and contrasting the impact School-wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have had on educational systems. Upon entry into the session, audience members will be provided a polling link, accessible via smart phones, tablets, and computers. The polling link will provide potential questions to which participants can rank order based upon what each attendee considers to be of interest. Additionally, each person can contribute a discussion topic or question for the panelists. The five top ranked questions will be addressed by the panel and an additional three to five questions suggested by participants will be randomly suggested. Questions will be presented by the chair and the panelists will alternate in responding or each be given a chance to respond, depending on the nature of the question. Topics the panel intends to cover during the session through audience questions or pre-organized questions prepared by the discussant include (a) impact on current educational laws and regulations, (b) impact on educational funding and initiatives; (c) impact on implementation of evidence-based practices; (d) impact on building system capacity, and (d) impact on social, emotional, and academic outcomes for all students. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts Graduate Students University Faculty/Staff Educators |
Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1. Compare and contrast positive behavior support and behavior analysis contributions to sustainability of implementation of evidence-based practices. 2. Identify how positive behavior support and behavior analysis have contributed to current policies, funding, and research in educational settings. 3. List features of positive behavior support and behavior analysis that are complimentary in improving behaviors of K-12 students. |
Keyword(s): behavior supports, capacity building, educational policy, sustainability |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management in Autism Service Delivery: A Three Year Review |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Discussant: Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this presentation, we report longitudinal outcomes of two systems-based organizational behavior management strategies to improve staff performance at a private, not-for-profit school for children with autism. Instructional staff at the organization undergo semiannual evaluations assessing clinical and data-analysis skills that directly impact the quality of student outcomes. As a continuing process, the organization’s management team (i.e., classroom supervisors, assistant directors, and executive director) refine measures to increase their sensitivity to specified staff behaviors and permanent products. The longitudinal data presented reflect the effectiveness of this process in improving the quality of staff training over two years as measured via staff’s clinical performance and data notebook assessments. The first part of this presentation will describe the clinical performance evaluation, report related outcome data, and describe organizational strategies for increasing the sensitivity of these evaluation measures. The second part of this presentation will then describe the data notebook evaluation measures and their development, present relevant data, and discuss the relationship between these and third-party reviewers’ findings. In both presentations, the relationship between the time cost and value of these assessments will be discussed in detail. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral systems, performance evaluation, staff training |
Target Audience: Directors or assistant directors of private organizations serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder; BCBA Supervisors; individuals coaching staff or parents to deliver autism intervention using applied behavior analysis; organizational behavior management professionals and researchers, especially those in the fields of human services or education. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to name and describe at least four staff performance evaluation measures that contribute to optimal outcomes for learners with autism spectrum disorder. 2. Attendees will be able to provide rationales for the number and specificity of clinical skills evaluated for individuals delivering applied behavior analytic intervention to learners with autism spectrum disorder. 3. Attendees will be able to describe features of data analysis that contribute to an improved rate of skill generalization for learners with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
Increasing Sensitivity of Staff Performance Evaluation Measures in Autism Service Delivery |
(Service Delivery) |
PAUL SHREIBER (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe and summarize organizational procedures and outcomes of semiannual clinical skills evaluations. All staff working directly with learners with autism undergo semiannual evaluation of clinical skills from an evaluator who does not directly supervise them. Measures consist of two to five direct observations of three student behaviors, nine staff behaviors, and seven staff behavioral repertoires scored using rating scales. We will discuss efforts to increase the behavioral nature of all measures by transitioning from rating scales to direct observation. Specifically, we will review data from the four most recently-operationalized measures of staff performance (i.e., contingent token delivery, proportion of teaching interactions conducted using errorless teaching procedures, responding to student errors, and prompt fading and/or shaping) alongside student on-task data for the past three years. We will also describe the organization’s decision-making process to add and increase specificity of measures. We will further describe how outcome data describing staff performance are integrated into a comprehensive systems-based approach to organizational behavior management via feedback to staff supervisors and adjustments to training of staff supervisors. |
|
Advances in Behavioral Systems to Improve Data Analysis and Generalization of Behavior Change |
(Applied Research) |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe and summarize organizational procedures and outcomes of annual evaluations of student performance data. In addition to semiannual clinical skills evaluations, permanent products of staff members’ instructional programming and data analysis activities are evaluated annually for all staff working directly with learners with autism. Efficacious programming ideally produces outcomes of rapid, stable behavior change in the desired direction, that maintains over time, serves as a foundation for more sophisticated skills, and generalizes to desired conditions. We will then discuss our operationalization, assessment, and analysis of this via six key permanent product (i.e., the outcomes of staff members’ graphing and record-keeping activities) indicators, with special emphasis on the improvement of generalization outcomes. In addition, we will describe our approach to efficacy assessment as an iterative process. We will further describe the relationship between these outcome measures and those assessed by an outside reviewer not affiliated with the organization. Finally, we will describe our iterative approach to our data-analysis assessment procedures and how this relates to the broader context of organizational management of staff behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Robots, Artificial Intelligence, and Behavior Analysts: Shaping the Future of Work |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Judy Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
JUDY JOHNSON (Aspirant) |
 Judy Johnson received her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis and Masters in I/O Psychology from Western Michigan University. Judy partners with executives and leadership teams to engage and inspire employees in a way that delivers sustainable strategic results. She brings deep expertise and creative ideas to solve organizational effectiveness issues and closely collaborates in a way that builds internal capabilities. As an independent consultant, and then consultant at The Continuous Learning Group, The Boston Consulting Group and now Aspirant, Judy has spent over 25 years working in a variety of industries from banking to mining. She brings her expertise in behavior to a wide range of organizational issues including organizational behavior change, leadership, change management, culture and engagement. |
Abstract: Today’s workplace is in a state of constant change. By 2030, trends in localization, technology, and engagement will create dramatic shifts in how we approach employment and performance. These trends will change the complexion of organizational effectiveness, creating new and different requirements for companies and opening the door for Behavior Analysts to create change the rules of the workplace. Behavior Analysts can see beyond typical solutions to breakdown the components of organizational effectiveness and build a workplace ready for the future. This presentation discusses the 10 most significant trends affecting the workplace, and behavior analysts’ unique position to help companies prepare for those trends. As part of the discussion, Dr. Johnson will share examples of how the multi-disciplinary team at Aspirant has combined behavioral science, artificial intelligence and new technology solutions to assess and address a company’s organizational effectiveness. This presentation seeks to inspire all OBMers by sharing real world case examples of how behavioral tools and techniques can be applied to the toughest business challenges. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the developing trends that will impact workplace effectiveness in the next 10-15 years; (2) discuss the role of Behavior Analysts in helping companies prepare for those trends and determine how your work can play a role; (3) discuss new, different ways to apply the principles of behavior analysis to some of the biggest organizational challenges. |
|
|
|
|
|
Autism Knows No Borders: The Why and How of World-Wide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Maricarmen Hazoury (Global Autism Project) |
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (Lehigh University Autism Services; Global Autism Project) |
CE Instructor: Maricarmen Hazoury, M.S. |
Abstract: There are seventy million people in the world with autism. Eighty five percent of those individuals live in developing countries where awareness, acceptance, and access to resources is minimal. Applied behavior analysis is the scientific approach shown to be most effective in improving the lives of those with these diagnoses. There is a pervasive need to increase the number of people with a clear understanding of ABA and proficiency in using this science to work with individuals with ASD around the world. The need for a sustainable way to increase and improve ABA-based education for individuals will be discussed. The model used by the Global Autism Project will be introduced with data about current partner participation and progress of teachers and students. The concerns and challenges of generalizing the code of ethics and conduct of the BACB to training and supervising individuals in other cultures and countries will be considered. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, international ethics, supervision, sustainability |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCBA-Ds who are training and supervising teachers, RBTs and future BCBAs both within the US and aborad |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain an awareness of the awareness, acceptance and services available to those with ASD utilizing ABA around the world. 2.Participants will be able to discuss at least two ethical challenges to disseminating ABA worldwide. 3.Participants will be able to discuss at least 2 fundamental components to supporting the training of ABA providers abroad. |
|
The Need for Sustainable Worldwide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Service Delivery) |
AMREEN PANJWANI (Autism Spectrum Therapies; The Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnoses appear across all ages, genders, and races. Unfortunately, there are minimal services for individuals with ASD as a result of insufficient resources, awareness, and understanding in many countries in the world. Often individuals with ASD will be considered a safety concern or ineducable which restricts their access to social environments and without an opportunity to learn social significant behaviors that would improve their lives. In other situations, centers and schools are being created in some places with little to no expertise in working with the autistic population or the principles of applied behavior analysis. As Board Certified Behavior Analysts and other experts reach out to help, many challenges and concerns have been discovered. There is an essential need for ongoing assessment towards this goal to ensure independence and sustainability with ABA teaching practices. Further, statistics about the need in various parts of the world, some of the challenges that have been faced by communities that lack expertise on teaching individuals with autism, as well as ideas on how to spread awareness, support, and training to the people in these communities will be explored. |
|
The Ethical Challenges of Worldwide Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Service Delivery) |
ASHLEY HOGAN (Autism Behavior Consulting Group) |
Abstract: Give a person a fish, they eat for the day; teach them to fish and they are fed for a lifetime. In 1987, the UN Brundtland Commission defined sustainable development as "meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” The same is true for international service provision. Doing for others does not help them in the long run. Whether it is attempting to support a struggling country, working with a child with autism, or training an educator to use ABA principles, the goal should always be independence. The Global Autism Project’s mission is to promote acceptance and integration worldwide by training communities in culturally relevant, sustainable practices. This is accomplished by empowering and engaging local people for lasting change in the acceptance of those with autism until there are local credentialed behaviour analysts with the skills necessary to be able to provide clinically sound services. As effective administrators they can then effectively disseminate ABA to their local community and larger geographic region. The challenges of adhering to the BACB Professional and Ethics Compliance Code across countries and cultures will be reviewed. |
|
A Model for Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis Training Where it is Needed Most |
(Service Delivery) |
CHERYL LYNN GENIESSE (Autism Spectrum Therapies; The Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: There are many training models for international dissemination. The Global Autism Project employs a model rooted in sustainability where the not-for-profit organization will invest in a partnership with an international service provider committed to using the principles of applied behavior analysis. As a partner, the Global Autism Project will provide 3 two-week training trips a year as well as a weekly telehealth call, with a BCBA, to provide ongoing individualized recommendations based on the needs of the partner site. Our sites progress is captured on an internally developed assessment measuring centre-wide level of achievement and data is also collected on weekly telehealth supervision engagement (e.g., completion of assignments, attendance, and “spotchecks”). A report is given after every two-week trip which outlines goals to be accomplished, mastery criteria, and sustainable method for maintenance. In addition, The Global Autism Project works to establish more BCBAs world-wide through creation of alternate pathways in established universities and having our partners establish practicum sites in partnership with the universities promoting sustainable ABA services in the country. Data from some current partner sites will be discussed. |
|
A Movement for Change at Home and Abroad: The SkillCorps® Experience |
(Service Delivery) |
MEGAN HECHLER (Impacting Autism, LLC; Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Hands-on training and support is a key component to any successful training model, including training professionals and parents in the use of applied behavior analysis. Part of the sustainability model of the Global Autism Project ensured this face to face interaction through teams of SkillCorps® volunteers. SkillCorps® team members have expertise working with individuals with autism as Board Certified Behavior Analysts®, Registered Behavior Technicians®, teachers, speech and language pathologists, and other related service providers. These teams collaborate with the on-going clinical supervisor for each partner site to determine necessary goals to focus on as the partners move towards independence. This is not only an opportunity for growth for teachers at the partner site but for team members themselves. The techniques for ensuring independence and maintenance of skills are imperative for teachers as well as their students. The SkillCorps® experience allows volunteers to collaborate with other professionals from different backgrounds and cultures to disseminate best practices for ABA around the world and continue to learn, grow and contribute to the field even after they return home. One SkillCorps® member’s experience will be discussed, as well as feedback from other members and participants at partner sites. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Implementation of Matrix Training in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Results of Complex Generative Language Matrix Program at the Lovaas Institute Midwest |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Centers) |
CE Instructor: Jane S. Howard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In comprehensive treatment of autism, generative language matrix performance is being developed in a coherent conceptual framework, enabling the organizational management of productive treatment planning, trouble-shooting, and program evaluation. A four-dimensional matrix of social language skills is used to design an overall generative process of language development. The matrix of skills is addressed across generalization modalities, syntax forms, conditional discriminations, and functional communicative relationships. After generative receptive and expressive skills are developed in single-term modes, recombinative generalization is developed through matrix training; folloed by recombinative generalization in comprehension and creative language production matrix training. The organization of the language curriculum is used to control the pacing of both language and related social skills in a systematic manner, in order to result in optimal acceleration. Three studies will present data obtained from children in EIBI over the entire scope and sequence of the language matrix system. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): dynamic programming, generative programming, matrix training, recombinative generalization |
Target Audience: Practitioners of EIBI; Academic Faculty |
|
A Comparison of Generative Language Matrix Training Sequences in Young Children With Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
THOMAS D. R. CURRIER (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Amy Sippl (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In intensive early intervention, a basic programming question often is: “how many exemplars should be taught in each program?” In the overall course of comprehensive treatment for autism, behavior therapy is initiated by establishing expressive and receptive single-term labels/tacts. Treatment is continued until the various terms of a sentence become generative response classes. Then matrix training of the individual terms is continued until recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations are established. Recombinative matrix generalization is a special form of generative response classes. Finally, more complex and abstract comprehension modes are established and training continued until the comprehension forms become recombinative and generalized. Thus the answer to the initial question is that all programs are taught until the exemplars become generative. It is suggested that behavior therapy may more readily progress through higher levels of complexity when thee lower levels are taught until they meet generative criteria. In this investigation, clinical data on two young children’s performances with language matrix programming are presented. A multiple baseline within-subject design including systematic language matrix teaching and probes for generalization was used to document the development of generative response classes and recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. The progress of each child was individualized according to their baseline levels, and rates of acquisition. The systematic matrix training resulted in development of generative single-term response classes, recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. Generalization was programmed across different stimulus and response modes (e.g., receptive, expressive, written, comprehension) and taught across different sentence terms (e.g. subjects, actions, adjectives, prepositions). Individual programs were taught until generalization occurred to the first presentation of a novel recombination of exemplars embedded with novel distractors. |
|
Generative Language Matrix Training With a Young Child With Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
GAIL H. QUINN (The Lovaas Institute Midwest), Charryse Fouquette Luckey (Lovaas Institute Midwest; St. Cloud State University), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In the overall course of comprehensive treatment for autism, behavior therapy is initiated by establishing expressive and receptive single-term labels/tacts. Treatment is continued until the various terms of a sentence become generative response classes. Then matrix training of the individual terms is continued until recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations are established. Recombinative matrix generalization is a special form of generative response classes. Finally, more complex and abstract comprehension modes are established and training continued until the comprehension forms become recombinative and generalized. It is suggested that behavior therapy may more readily progress through higher levels of complexity when thee lower levels are taught until they meet generative criteria. In this investigation, clinical data on a young child’s performances with language matrix programming are presented. A multiple baseline within-subject design including systematic language matrix teaching and probes for generalization was used to document the development of generative response classes and recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. The systematic matrix training resulted in development of generative single-term response classes, recombinative multiple-term conditional discriminations. Generalization was programmed across different stimulus and response modes (e.g., receptive, expressive, written, comprehension) and taught across different sentence terms (e.g. subjects, actions, adjectives, prepositions). Individual programs were taught until generalization occurred to the first presentation of a novel recombination of exemplars embedded with novel distractors. |
|
Programming for Advanced Social Comprehension Skills Within the Language Matrix Curriculum |
(Service Delivery) |
ANGELA BROWN (The Lovaas Institute), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Keene & Larsson (2013) presented a study of training of social comprehension that utilized multiple exemplars to develop generative social comprehension in children with autism. This extension of that study provides further data to show how the generative social comprehension followed prerequisite recombinative generalization through matrix training, and then itself consisted of recombinative generalization. A multiple probe design across five common childhood social concepts (e.g., sharing) was employed for each of the three children who participated in this study. Probes were conducted on the first presentation of novel children’s books as stimuli and the proportion of correct responses to the questions was measured. Training on each social concept continued until a generative mastery criterion was met in which the child responded correctly to at least 14 out of 16 questions on three consecutive novel books. The results showed that all of the children were able to answer an increasing proportion of the questions correctly to novel children’s books as stimuli. Generalization probes across untrained in-vivo social scenarios were also assessed. The children responded to a high percentage of novel questions regarding the social scenarios. In this present extension, data will be presented which shows the sequence of matrix training that preceded the implementation of social comprehension programming, and conclusions will be offered on the appropriate scope and sequence of matrix training curriculums. |
|
Managing the Implementation of Generative Language Matrix Programs Within a Comprehensive Treatment System for Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
CHARRYSE FOUQUETTE LUCKEY (Lovaas Institute Midwest; St. Cloud State University), Lisa Barsness (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Bethani J. Burggraff (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Erin Dietz (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest) |
Abstract: Luckey, Pelletier, Miller, & Larsson (2013) presented the methods and outcomes of the implementation of systematic dynamic programming in a EIBI setting. The present study will present a replication and extension of that study, by demonstrating the use of dynamic programming to manage the implementation of matrix training in a comprehensive treatment program for autism. The use of organizational behavior management is critical to ensuring that all children are receiving the most effective matrix programming, and that treatment is optimally accelerated. Overall program evaluation data will be presented on 54 children undergoing generative language matrix programming in EIBI for autism. In addition, specific within-subject controlled studies of the treatment team performance with two children will show the effects of a system for management of clinical outcomes. During baseline, common non-dynamic management systems were in place to manage the children's language matrix programs. The clinical management system, known as Dynamic Programming was introduced via a multiple baseline design across children. Dynamic Programming is an intervention package that includes: (a) therapist self-monitoring while teaching new program exemplars, (b) therapist public posting of child mastery, (c) probes of child behavior to confirm generative mastery of matrix training, (d) dynamic adjustment of daily treatment targets based upon performance, and (e) dynamic adjustment of monthly objectives criteria based upon performance data. Results suggest that the children's rate of acquisition of generative language was accelerated through the implementation of Dynamic Programming. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Right to Effective Treatment in the Crosshairs: Massachusetts Versus Judge Rotenberg Center |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Please Select... |
Abstract: Within a treatment/educational program that is highly positive, is there a place for use of aversives if that mode of treatment advances a client toward his or her full potential and optimizes the client’s quality of life? Is there a small population of clients for whom aversive stimulation falls within the individual’s right to effective treatment? This symposium will examine these issues as they played out in a recent legal case in Massachusetts. The presentations include a review of the research, how aversives (including relevant safeguards) fit into an otherwise highly positive program at the Judge Rotenberg Center and the role of media on public perceptions of JRC. Testimony of experts and legal tactics in the case will reviewed as well. The symposium will show how, following a 44 day trial that included dozens of witnesses and hundreds of pages of exhibits, a judge concluded that there is a place for ethical use of aversives. A parent will describe the impact of aversive programming on the dangerous behaviors, and on the life prospects, of his adult child. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The target audience includes graduate students and their professors, professionals who work with clients who exhibit dangerous behaviors or who plan to do so. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Acquisition of knowledge of the pros and cons of the use of aversives.
2. Understanding of the ethical issues involved.
3. Working knowledge of the Judge Rotenberg Center's model review process for use of aversives. |
|
The Science Informing the Standard of Care for Treating Severe Behavior Disorders |
(Service Delivery) |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In 2013, the Massachusetts Department of Developmental Services (DDS) filed a motion to vacate a settlement agreement that allowed the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) to use a skin shock device (the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED)), approved by the Massachusetts Probate Court on a case-by-case basis, to treat individuals with severe problem behaviors. To support the motion, DDS initially claimed that positive behavior supports rendered punishment procedures unnecessary. Later, DDS provided expert testimony that psychotropic medications combined with positive behavior supports were sufficiently effective to treat severe problem behaviors. On the other hand, JRC argued that despite the advances in psychopharmacology and behavior analysis, some individuals continued to require treatment that included the GED. Over the course of 44 trial days, hundreds of scientific articles were offered to the court and critically examined by lawyers and experts on both sides. Here, the process of presenting and critiquing the literature pertaining to severe problem behaviors is discussed using transcripts from the trial. |
|
“Bad Faith”: The State of Massachusetts Versus the Judge Rotenberg Center |
(Service Delivery) |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: In a recent court case, a Massachusetts judge undertook a thorough review of the use of an aversive stimulation method (skin shock) at the Judge Rotenberg Center, the only treatment center in the U.S. to use the controversial method. This presentation will review the judge’s findings after a thorough review of the evidence, pro and con. The judge also described included numerous acts of “bad faith” by individuals within the State Department of Developmental Services in its efforts to undermine and prevent effective treatment at JRC. The presentation will address ethical issues including the likelihood of a future of institutionalization, lived out on high doses of medications that include deleterious side effects, is preferable to the thoughtful and ethical use of aversive stimulation when that treatment modality is carefully and minimally used within a treatment program that is overwhelmingly positive. Is a two-second shock, although painful, an ethical treatment if it opens the door to a life of education, community outings, employment and a quality of life that previously could not have been imagined? Ethics of the use of skin shock will be discussed and audience participation is encouraged. |
|
The Effects of Negative Media on a Residential Treatment Center for Students With Severe Behaviors |
(Service Delivery) |
GLENDA CROOKES (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Since the mid-1980's, the Judge Rotenberg Center has been embroiled in controversy that more often than not has been misrepresented by the media. For decades, we have been fighting for the right to effective treatment as well as parents’ rights to recommend what they feel is the most effective, least restrictive treatment for their children. Often the media have responded to outcries from well-intentioned but misguided individuals who have never worked with clients who exhibit high rates of behaviors that are dangerous to themselves and/or to others. Moreover, those who have most harshly criticized the use of aversives at JRC have refused to visit the Center even when invited to do so. Despite the progress made and the dramatic improvement in many clients’ quality of life, the media has portrayed what happens at the center in a negative light. This presentation will discuss the ramifications of the negative media, including protests, serious threats, and proposed regulatory changes. |
|
My Child’s Experience at the Judge Rotenberg Center: His History, Behaviors, and How Aversives Changed Everything |
(Service Delivery) |
Glenda Crookes (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: This parental presentation will trace the history of a child whose high rates of extremely dangerous behaviors had resulted in his placement in, and eventual expulsion from, a number of well-respected residential placements wherein the best efforts of professionals had failed to eliminate or significantly reduce those behaviors. Several of the behaviors were life-threatening and had resulted in extreme, though necessary, restrictions on quality of life. The earlier placements had involved long-term physical restraints as well as heavy doses of psychotropic medications that produced unhealthy side-effects. After several months at the Judge Rotenberg Center during which only positive techniques were employed, there had been little improvement in the dangerous behaviors. Ultimately, I was approached about the use of aversive stimulation, skin shock, with my child. This presentation will review the behaviors, earlier failed efforts to address them, the decision-making process regarding aversives, the treatment and the outcome relative to the dangerous behaviors along with resultant changes in my child’s quality of life and potential |
|
|
|
|
|
Introduction to Clinical Behavior Analysis for Common Mental Health Presentations: Part Two |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Robert Snyder (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been applied broadly and has been part of clinical psychology since the 1950’s. Behavior analysts have worked with a wide variety of clinical populations and several contemporary behavior therapies are deeply rooted in functional analytic thinking. This is the second of two symposiums aimed at introducing behavior analysts to clinical behavior analysis for common outpatient mental health presentations. In the service of workforce development, it is important that behavior analysts stay informed on the broad applications of behavioral principles in a wide variety of practice areas. This symposium covers Behavioral Activation (BA), exposure therapies, Integrative Behavioral Couples Therapy (IBCT), and Contingency Management (CM). Each presentation will describe a therapy—its aims, techniques, and methods in functional terms. Outcome data for the treatments will be briefly reviewed. Finally, regulatory frameworks and professional training pathways will be discussed to inform behavior analysts of the training needed for these treatments to fall within their ethical scope of practice. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): anxiety, couples therapy, depression, substance use |
Target Audience: Graduate students in behavior analysis and graduates from graduate programs in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe contemporary behavior therapies for mental health presentations in terms of behavioral principles. Participants will be able to describe the evidence base for these treatments. Participants will be able to describe training pathways for having these treatments ethically fall within ones scope of practice. |
|
Behavioral Activation for Depression |
TORI HUMISTON (Eastern Michigan University), Lillian Ellis (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral activation (BA) is a third-wave behavior therapy that is grounded Lewinsohn’s and Ferster’s frameworks for conceptualizing depression. Life events can put into motion a cascade of changes in contingencies that result in social withdrawal and decreases in the effectiveness of reinforcers. Behavioral activation takes steps to reverse this process through values clarification, problem solving, and the scheduling of meaningful activities. Rooted in behavioral principles, BA has a strong evidence base as a treatment for depression. This presentation will introduce behavior analysts to the treatment structure of BA while highlighting the role of a behavioral case formulation during implementation. Potential factors that could interfere with treatment such as interpersonal skills deficits and contexts with coercive contingencies will also be discussed. The evidence base of BA for depression will be briefly reviewed. Finally, guidance will be provided regarding the professional training required for BA to fall within one’s clinical scope of practice. |
|
Facing Fears: Exposure Therapy for Anxiety Disorders |
TOM BUQO (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Exposure therapy is an early behavioral intervention for anxiety disorders that continues to play a key role in a number of existing psychotherapies. Of note, it provides a powerful treatment method for phobias and panic (exposure therapy/graduated exposure), obsessive compulsive disorder (Exposure and Response Prevention [ERP]), and posttraumatic stress disorder (Prolonged Exposure [PE]). The method of exposure therapy involves repeated presentation of stimuli that are typically feared or avoided, while not allowing the individual to escape or avoid them. This presentation will discuss the current state of exposure therapy, including theoretical debates that highlight the behavioral principles underlying the treatment. Various models for conducting exposure therapy for a diverse array of presenting problems will be discussed, including recent advances in the area of Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy (VRET). Data regarding efficacy and effectiveness will also be presented. Future directions and current trends in exposure therapy will be elaborated, as will the steps and resources available to individual providers in learning the techniques, nuances, and technicalities of exposure therapy. |
|
Integrative Behavioral Couples Therapy |
LILLIAN ELLIS (Eastern Michigan University), Qingqing Yin (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Integrative behavioral couples therapy is based on a functional contextual model that aims to bring about contingency-shaped changes in couples’ behaviors (Benson, Sevier, Christensen, 2014; Sevier, Atkins, Doss, Christensen, 2015). It is a third wave behavioral therapy, integrating change and acceptance strategies (Christensen & Jacobson, 1998). IBCT has evidence to suggest efficacy in increasing relationship satisfaction (Roddy, Nowlan, Doss, Christensen, 2016), with couples maintaining this increase over the next five years (Christensen, Atkins, Baucom, & Yi, 2010). A large-scale role-out of this treatment in the VA health system has demonstrated effectiveness within this healthcare system (Roddy et al., 2015). In contrast to emotion-focused couples therapy, traditional behavioral couple therapy, and cognitive behavioral couples therapy, IBCT emphasizes a cohesive behavioral framework, inclusive of overt behaviors and private events. This presentation provides a review of IBCT, with an emphasis on the behavioral principles embedded in the treatment model, discuss mechanisms of change, and direct listeners to further resources on this approach. |
|
Contingency Management for Substance Use |
Robert Snyder (Eastern Michigan University), BRANDON MILLER (Eastern Michigan University), Tori Humiston (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: In the face of a nationwide opioid epidemic, there is an increased need for behavioral interventions for substance use disorders (SUD). Contingency Management (CM) is an efficacious, non-pharmacological, cost effective treatment for SUD. CM therapists provide individuals with monetary rewards or vouchers, which are then exchanged for tangible rewards upon verified negative drug or alcohol screenings on varying schedules of reinforcement. By increasing the response cost for using and providing competing reinforcers, the rate of substance decreases. CM has been shown to yield positive treatment outcomes across a number of substances, including cocaine, opioids, nicotine, and alcohol (Higgins, Heil, & Sigon, 2013). This presentation will first provide an overview of CM as an application of the differential reinforcement of other behavior and the matching law. A review the evidence base for CM and the contextual considerations for its use will be provided. Finally, the clinical settings and professional training required for using CM clinically will be characterized to identify how behavior analysts can include CM in their scope of practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical Overviews and Practical Implications of Key Concepts and Procedures Related to Problematic Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the strengths of applied behavior analysis is that it is “conceptually systematic” (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968), meaning that its procedures are analyzed and results of procedures interpreted using behavioral principles. Some principles are better understood by applied behavior analysts (and by behavior analysts in general) than others. For example, the processes of reinforcement and extinction are ubiquitous among applied behavior analysts when discussing procedures and results, but others, such as behavioral contrast, momentum, relapse, and the mechanisms responsible for lesser utilized reinforcement-based procedures, such as differential reinforcement of other behavior are less well-known, or at least are less often discussed. This symposium is designed to expose audience members to the theoretical underpinnings of these lesser known concepts and mechanisms, specifically in the context of interventions for problematic behavior. This symposium will be appropriate for behavior analysts at any level and will cover basic theoretical concepts as well as applied implications. Presenters will review basic definitions and key research findings from basic and applied investigations and will explain how to interpret results of relevant research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavioral contrast, behavioral momentum, Behavioral relapse, DRO |
Target Audience: The target audience will be behavior-analytic researchers and practitioners. We hope the symposium will be relevant to researchers and practitioners at all levels (basic-advanced). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to interpret data displays of advanced behavioral concepts (behavioral contrast, momentum, and behavioral relapse).
2. Audience members will be able to describe discrepancies in research findings regarding advanced behavioral concepts.
3. Audience members will be able to state some of the key variables that research has identified that may influence advanced behavioral concepts.
4. Audience members will be able to describe some of the gaps in knowledge that make it challenging to extend basic research on advanced behavioral concepts to practice or applied research |
|
What Do We Really Know About Behavioral Contrast? |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral contrast is a term that is at least familiar to both clinicians and researchers, and to both basic and applied scientists. The definition of “behavioral contrast” is fairly straightforward: a change in behavior in one context in the opposite direction of a change in reinforcement rate in another context. However, a variety of variables have been shown to influence behavioral contrast (e.g., component duration, reinforcement rate, availability of alternative reinforcers, response topography, etc.), and some variables appear to exert an interactive effect (e.g., component duration and reinforcement rate). The vast majority of research on behavioral contrast has been conducted with non-humans in basic-research arrangements, and yet side effects of interventions in applied settings are often attributed to contrast-like phenomena. This tutorial will expose audience members to basic definitions and experimental arrangements, seminal research, and key variables and displays of data that are critical to interpreting research on behavioral contrast. |
|
Pavlov, Persistence, and Proportions of Baseline: Making Applied Sense of Behavioral Momentum Theory |
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Decades of research have uncovered two related but distinct effects of reinforcement on responding. The first effect is on response rate and is a product of contingencies of reinforcement arranged in an operant paradigm. The second effect is on contextually controlled response persistence and is a product of Pavlovian conditioning. Although examples of the first effect are ubiquitous in intervention research, less has been done to highlight for practitioners the potential applied significance of the second effect. This is unfortunate because the implications of behavioral momentum theory are, at times, counterintuitive and treatment decisions made without consideration for the phenomena highlighted by the theory could lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes. The purpose of this tutorial is to provide audience members with a brief overview of behavioral momentum theory and to highlight a number of ways for practitioners to design interventions which, theoretically, capitalize on every effect offered by the reinforcement process. |
|
Why “Eliminated” Behavior Comes Back, and What We Can Do About It |
ANDREW R. CRAIG (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Reinforcement-based interventions (e.g., functional-communication training, contingency management) are among the most effective methods for eliminating maladaptive human behavior. The term “eliminating” in the previous sentence, however often it is used in that context, is a misnomer. It is important to acknowledge that reduction of maladaptive behavior does not imply that it has been snipped out of an individual’s repertoire. Indeed, under specific environmental circumstances, behavior is likely to come back. For example, eliminated behavior may recur following: (1) interruption of reinforcement for desirable behavior, (2) a change in the context in which the treatment occurs, (3) exposure to stimuli associated with pre-intervention reinforcement conditions, or (4) an atypically long period of time away from the treatment context. These forms of relapse are termed resurgence, renewal, reinstatement, and spontaneous recovery, respectively, and they all may pose a sizeable challenge to the long-term durability of therapeutic outcomes. In this talk, I will introduce audience members to examples of these relapse phenomena from both the animal laboratory and clinical applications. I also will offer some suggestions on how clinicians may arrange treatment conditions to minimize the likelihood that relapse will occur. |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior: A Review of the Literature |
CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Alison M. Betz (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a reinforcement schedule in which reinforcement is contingent upon a period of time with the absence of a target response. The DRO has become one of the most commonly used procedures for decreasing rates of problem behavior (Matson et al., 2011). Since its introduction, researchers and practitioners have made modifications to and developed variations of the DRO procedure. This presentation will cover a review of those variations in the basic and applied literature in an attempt to identify best practices for clinicians and directions for future research. This presentation will review topics including best practice for setting DRO intervals, thinning DRO intervals, using whole-interval versus momentary DROs, using resetting versus non-resetting DROs, using DRO procedures with and without the use of extinction, and different methods for improving the overall efficacy of the DRO procedure. Research on the underlying mechanisms that result in the decelerative effects of the target response will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Practitioner's Guide to Mitigating Treatment Relapse |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Wayne Fisher, Ph.D. |
Chair: David Bicard (Great Leaps Learning Center) |
Presenting Authors: : WAYNE FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Treatment relapse is a common problem after destructive behavior has been successfully treated using differential reinforcement procedures, such as functional communication training (FCT). Three forms of treatment relapse are resurgence, renewal, and reinstatement. These forms of treatment relapse are much more common that previously thought. For example, a recent prevalence study from our research lab showed that resurgence of problem behavior occurred in 75% of cases during reinforcer schedule thinning with FCT. Researcher have identified a number of specific procedures that practitioners can incorporate into FCT treatment packages that can mitigate, and in some cases prevent, resurgence and other forms of treatment relapse. In this presentation, I will discuss translational research on treatment relapse and describe specific and practical treatment procedures that practitioners can readily integrate into their practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the three major forms of treatment relapse at the completion of this presentation; (2) describe the treatment procedure that reduces two of the three major forms of treatment relapse. |
|
WAYNE FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Wayne Fisher is the H.B. Munroe professor of behavioral research in the Munroe-Meyer Institute and the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He is also the director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute, a board certified behavior analyst at the doctoral level (BCBA-D), and a licensed psychologist. He was previously a professor of psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and served as executive director of the Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Marcus Behavior Center at the Marcus Institute, where he built clinical-research programs in autism and developmental disabilities with international reputations for excellence. Fisher’s methodologically sophisticated research has focused on several intersecting lines, including preference, choice, and the assessment and treatment of autism and severe behavior disorders, that have been notable for the creative use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which have become more commonplace in clinical research primarily as a result of his influence. He has published over 180 peer-reviewed papers in over 30 different behavioral and/or medical journals, including: the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior; American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities; Pediatrics; and The Lancet. Fisher has had near-continuous federal grant support for his research for 19 years. He is a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a past president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB), a fellow in the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and recipient of (a) the Bush Leadership Award; (b) the APA (Division 25) Award for Outstanding Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research; (c) the UNMC Distinguished Scientist Award; (d) the University of Nebraska system-wide Award for Outstanding Research and Creativity Activity; and (e) the SEAB, Don Hake Translational Research Award from APA (Division 25). |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Students to Think Like Behavior Analysts: A Discussion on Teaching Philosophy, Theory, and Conceptual Issues to Students of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University ) |
Discussant: Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University ) |
CE Instructor: Bethany P. Contreras Young, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is important for students of behavior analysis to demonstrate a broad understanding of the underlying philosophy, theory, and concepts that will ultimately guide their decision making. This symposium will present a series of discussions on teaching philosophy, theory, and conceptual issues to graduate students pursuing training in behavior analysis. The general goal of this symposium is to discuss the importance of teaching philosophy and theory at the master’s level, and to identify topics that should be included in master’s coursework. Timothy Slocum will discuss teaching philosophy in the context of applied behavior analysis coursework; Andy Lattal will discuss teaching concepts and philosophy in the context of experimental analysis of behavior coursework; Claudia Drossel will discuss the importance of understanding the philosophy of behavior analysis for clinical practitioners; and Anthony Biglan will discuss functional contextualism as a framework for organizing behavioral science and practice. Bethany Contreras will then end the symposium by identifying information from the four presentations to include in a tentative outline for a master’s level course on philosophy, theory, and conceptual issues that will prepare students to “think like a behavior analyst.” |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behaviorism, functional contextualism, radical behaviorism |
Target Audience: The target audience is PhD level behavior analysts who are involved in teaching and training both master's and doctoral level students. |
Learning Objectives: 1.) Identify and define important philosophical and theoretical issues 2.) Discuss the importance of including philosophical and theoretical issues in master's level training 3.) Discuss methods for incorporating philosophical and theoretical issues into mater's level coursework and clinical training |
|
Teaching Philosophy in the Context of Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Radical Behaviorism provides a powerful philosophical foundation for developing a science focused on the prediction and control of behavior in applied contexts. Teaching the tenets and application of radical behaviorism to graduate students in the context of a program in applied behavior analysis entails two broad tasks: (a) Teaching students to apply the philosophy effectively to a wide range of situations that are within the current scope of behavior analysis and to communicate effectively with behavior analysts, and (b) teaching students to use radical behaviorism as tool for reaching out – to communicate with diverse audiences that are not radical behaviorists and to understand behavior that has not previously been analyzed in behavioral terms. This second task is concerned with whether radical behaviorism has the effect of broadening or narrowing the scope of curiosity, flexibility of the analysis, and the ability to find value in concepts and procedures that are not framed behaviorally. |
|
"The Pigeon Was Able to Discriminate": Conceptual Opportunities and Challenges in Teaching Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: As in teaching other topics in behavior analysis, conceptual opportunities and challenges abound in material related to the basic science. The overriding opportunity/challenge with some students is that of persuading them to suspend the belief system/conceptual framework that they bring with them to the material and open up to what for them is a totally different way of looking at their world. For other students, it is to help refine an already-developing world view. The content of basic science courses lends itself readily to discussions of radical behaviorism’s approach to scientific practices, with such topics as observation and objectivity, data collection and analysis, determinism and causation, and the definitions and use of theory. The scientific content of EAB lends itself equally well to other, perhaps more general, conceptual issues such as mechanism, contextualism, selectionism, agency, intention, privacy, and research ethics. Both the issues and methods for bringing them into focus when teaching EAB, in both the classroom and laboratory, will be the topic of this presentation. |
|
Clinical Behavior Analysis and the Importance of Philosophy |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University’s clinical behavior analysis (CB) master’s program prepares students for both the psychology limited license and the board certification in behavior analysis. In preparation for clinical work with general presentations such as mood or stress disorders, students learn about behavior therapies, such as acceptance and commitment therapy, behavioral activation, or dialectical behavior therapy. Later, they receive practical training and supervision. Becoming a clinical behavior analyst requires that students maintain a behavior analytic stance while entering the vernacular language realm. In session, clinicians dual-task: On the one hand, they explicitly coach the client in the active use of behavior change principles, with practice carried out by the client in between-session assignments. On the other hand, there is the context in which this coaching is taking place, particularly the reciprocal interaction of trainee and client. The trainee’s contingent responding in this interaction, taking a behavior analytic long view and considering the case conceptualization, is most difficult to train and to acquire. Video examples will illustrate that a thorough understanding of philosophy and the flexible application of behavior analytic conceptualizations within one’s own interactions are critical in training. |
|
Pending |
ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Pending |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Interventions From the Field: Maintaining the Scientist/Practitioner Ideals of Case Management |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kalle M Laitinen (1989) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
CE Instructor: Sara Polgar, M.Ed. |
Abstract: This symposium will address issues related to the application of Scientist/Practitioner service delivery in contemporary home and school programming models. The four presentations will include discussion of clinical follow up, functional use of speech-generating devices, a clinical replication of naming, and long-term applied behavior analysis services provided to adults with autism spectrum disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral cusps, naming, social skills, speech-generating device |
Target Audience: BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D |
|
Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Three Year Follow Up |
SHUBHRA GHOSH (Fit Learning Aptos) |
Abstract: This presentation continues the annual clinical updates of progress for Shraman. Clinical issues regarding the choice, prioritization, and monitoring of target behavioral cusps will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Flexibility of Language in Learners Using Speech-Generating Devices |
SARA POLGAR (David Gregory School) |
Abstract: Three learners using speech-generating devices (SGD) to communicate, acquired the skill to ask questions about hidden objects using the protocol described in Williams, Donley, & Keller (2000). Observationally, learners using SGDs learn rotate responses and short phrase mands (i.e.“I want iPad.”) The purpose of the current intervention was to investigate if, with the same learners, we could replicate the findings of Williams, Perez-Gonzalez and Vogt (2005) where by changing contingencies to the three formulated questions the learner’s flexibility in responding increased. |
|
A Systematic Replication of Teaching Naming as a Behavioral Cusp |
JESSICA FERNANDEZ (Fit Learning) |
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to teach the capacity of naming to a seven year old learner with autism spectrum disorder. He presented with defined listener, echoic, mand and intraverbal repertoires as scored on his VB-MAPP profile. This presentation will describe data on the establishment of naming up to the date of this conference. |
|
Practical Approaches to Address the Needs of Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Ten-year learning history of two 30-year-old males diagnosed with profound cognitive delays at age three. Detailed presentation on the development for the establishment and growth of verbal behavior and ADL repertoires will be presented with discussion of clinical challenges and triumphs over this course of time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Displacement and Diverse Applications of Preference and Reinforcer Assessments |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Given that reinforcers are integral to the success of behavioral interventions, it is imperative to assess and identify individuals’ preference for and the efficacy of these stimuli used during behavioral interventions. Previous researchers have found that individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities tend to show a preference for certain stimulus classes over others; however, the extent to which this phenomenon generalizes to different populations and to novel stimulus classes remains unclear. In the first presentation, Carter and colleagues will present two studies (a) evaluating typically developing children’s preferences for edible and leisure stimuli and (b) comparing the reinforcing efficacy of the top-ranked stimulus from each class. In the second presentation, Schieber and colleagues will present a study evaluating the preferences of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) for (a) social and non-social visual images and (b) social and tangible reinforcers followed by an evaluation of the reinforcing potency of the highest-ranked events of each class. In the third presentation, Martin and colleagues will present a study investigating the preferences of children with intellectual and developmental disabilities for electronic leisure and edible stimuli and the social validity of these outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): displacement, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment, social motivation |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) analyze the results of combined-class preference and reinforcer assessments, (2) discuss the social validity of preference and reinforcer assessment outcomes, and (3) compare the preference for and reinforcer potency of stimuli from various stimulus classes. |
|
Displacement of One Stimulus Class Over Another Stimulus Class: A Systematic Replication |
ADAM CARTER (Hamilton Health Sciences), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: Previous researchers have found that individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities tend to prefer edible over leisure stimuli and that, when compared, leisure stimuli tend to function as less effective reinforcers than edible stimuli. This same phenomenon has not yet been investigated with typically developing children. In Study 1, we evaluated the preference for leisure and edible stimuli in a combined-class MSWO assessment with 15 typically developing children. Five of 15 participants preferred edible stimuli over leisure stimuli, 3 of 15 participants preferred leisure stimuli over edible stimuli, and the remaining 7 of 15 participants did not show a preference for one stimulus class over the other. In Study 2, we compared the reinforcer potency of the top-ranked stimulus from each class with 7 of the 8 participants who showed displacement of one stimulus class over the other. Four of 7 participants allocated more responding to the free-operant task associated with the top-ranked stimulus identified in the combined-class MSWO, and 3 of 7 participants showed no differences in responding to the free-operant task regardless of the stimulus rank. |
|
Does Selection of a Toy Image Over a Facial Image Predict Insensitivity to Social Reinforcers? |
ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida) |
Abstract: In this study, nine children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) first completed a tablet-based preference assessment (PA) for social and nonsocial visual images to replicate a recent study suggesting diminished social motivation in children with ASD. Then, we repeated the PA while providing post-choice access to the reinforcers. Next, children completed separate paired-stimulus PAs for social and tangible reinforcers followed by a combined PA to determine if tangible reinforcers would displace social reinforcers in preference hierarchies. Finally, we used concurrent-schedule reinforcer assessments to measure response allocation among the highest-ranked events of each class. Collectively, the results showed: a) the tablet-based PA most often resulted in indifferent choice patterns; b) choices were more differentiated when we provided post-choice access; c) tangible reinforcers often displaced social reinforcers in combined PSPAs; but d) response rates for the most preferred social reinforcer were higher than the tangible reinforcer (four children), and when they were not (five children), the social reinforcer nonetheless supported response rates above a no-reinforcement control. Overall, the results suggest a relative preference for tangible stimuli does not necessarily indicate that social reinforcers are ineffective. |
|
Evaluating Preference for Electronic Compared to Edible Items in Children With Developmental Delays |
CLARISSA MARTIN (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Trauschke (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Past research has shown displacement of leisure items by edible items in preference assessments with children with developmental delays (e.g., DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997). In recent years, there has been increased use of electronics as reinforcers and caregiver report shows children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) spend more time with electronics than typically developing siblings (Mazurek, 2013). This study compared preference for electronic leisure to edible items. Participants were children with developmental and intellectual disabilities admitted to a day program for toilet training or challenging behavior. All participants completed separate preference assessments for leisure and edible items as standard of care. When the most preferred leisure item was an electronic, we conducted a combined preference assessment evaluating the top three leisure and edible items. Results for the first 10 participants show that half (n=5) of participants preferred the electronic item over edible items. Compared to past research on displacement by edible items, this suggests that electronic items may be less likely to be displaced. The importance of conducting preference assessments in clinical work and selecting reinforcers considering preference and social validity are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Is a Picture Worth a Thousand Words?: A Case for Parsimony in Conditional Discrimination Using PECS |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
Chair: Mary Howell (Firefly Autism) |
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism) |
KOREY TAYLOR (Firefly Autism) |
MIRANDA FOLEY (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was developed to teach children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) a functional way to communicate when they have limited abilities in speech, language and speaking skills. However, there is an underlying assumption that a child does not need to already posses simple or conditional discrimination skills in order to succeed with PECS, but rather those skills will develop later (Bondy and Frost, 2001). In the present study we examine two adolescents with ASD and their slow acquisition of PECS. When examining the assumed prerequisite skills of simple and conditional discrimination neither student is competent. With their severely limited communication skills and deficient discrimination skills we postulated that despite the presumed acquisition of these skills, that they would require the teaching of these fundamentals prior to succeeding in PECS. Utilizing the general procedures for teaching conditional discrimination skills established by Gina Green (2001) we have seen a significant increase in the acquisition of PECS. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA's RBT's ABA Therapists |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn about conditional discrimination in the use of Picture Exchange Communication System 2) Participants will learn to analyze the gradual effects of visual communication systems for individuals with ASD and severe communication challenges 3) Participants will identify fundamental skills necessary to teach more complicate communication systems, such as PECS |
Keyword(s): Communication, Conditional Discrimination, PECS |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts' Use of Evidence-Based Practice: Where We Are and Where We Need To Be |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners of any discipline should use evidence-based practice (EBP) to identify effective treatments for their clients (Wilczynski, 2017). The EBP decision-making model incorporates a practitioner’s use of professional judgment to integrate best available evidence with relevant client variables to make treatment decisions (Wilczynski, 2017). Although use of this decision-making model is recommended, how well do behavior analysts incorporate EBP factors into their everyday practice and how are their efforts perceived by relevant stakeholders including teachers and parents? Online surveys were sent to parents, teachers, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to assess BCBAs’ overall use of EBP. EBP factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to the client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) were analyzed. Parent and teacher perspectives as well as BCBAs self-reported use of EBP will be shared. Parent, teacher, and BCBA collaboration, perceived inattention to relevant treatment selection factors, and proposed areas of growth for behavior analysts will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): decision-making model, Evidence-based practice, treatment selection |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) |
|
Teachers’ Relationship With Behavior Analysts: How are Behavior Analysts Perceived in the School Setting |
AMANDA HENDERSON (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts consulting with teachers will find unfavorable outcomes when the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model for treatment selection is not used. Teachers implement (or oversee implementation) of interventions so teacher ‘buy in’ is important. An online survey assessed teachers’ perspectives on the use of EBP by behavior analysts. A total of 75,000 surveys were emailed. A total of 63 teachers completed the survey. Teachers were asked to rate how important EBP factors were to BCBAs when choosing an intervention. We hypothesized most teachers would believe BCBAs consistently used factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) as important. Although this hypothesis was generally supported, 60% of teachers do not believe BCBAs perceive cost of treatment to be a relevant factor in selecting treatments. In addition, 20% of teachers believe treatment acceptability is not being given due consideration and 15-17% of teachers believe BCBAs are not using student preference, student health, treatment fidelity or previous treatment effectiveness in their treatment selection process. The consequences for the BCBA-teacher relationship and outcomes for students that result from these views will be discussed. |
|
Hear Our Voice: Parents’ Perspectives on Behavior Analysts Use of Evidence-Based Practice |
SHAWNNA SUNDBERG (Ball State University; Hoosier ABA) |
Abstract: Parents play a critical role in the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model because behavior analysts risk selecting treatments that are less feasible or have a lower likelihood of being implemented with integrity if they ignore parent perspectives. An online survey assessed parents’ perspectives on the use of EBP by BCBAs. A total of 22 parents rated how often they believe the BCBAs with whom they have worked consider EBP factors when choosing interventions. These EBP factors include but are not restricted to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire) and making meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g., client preferences). We hypothesized parents would state that most BCBAs considered these factors when selecting treatments for the client. Instead, nearly 2/3rds of parents reported believing that BCBAs considered past treatment effectiveness and overall client health half the time or less when selecting treatments. Further, 59% and 46% of parents reported believing BCBAs considered client repertoire and client preference half of the time or less, respectively. Based on this limited sample, behavior analysts are either insufficiently considering these variables when selecting treatments or are not communicating effectively to parents about their decision-making process when selecting treatments. |
|
Behavior Analysts’ Use of Evidence-Based Practice: Where Do We Go From Here |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Practitioners of any discipline should use the evidence-based practice (EBP) decision-making model to identify effective treatments that make meaningful changes in the lives of their clients (Wilczynski, 2017). An online self-report survey was sent to assess Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) use of EBP in their everyday practice. A total of 127 BCBAs completed the survey in its entirety. BCBAs were asked to rate how important EBP factors were when choosing an intervention. Data were coded as either important or unimportant. We hypothesized BCBAs would rate factors related to identifying effective treatments (e.g. past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and meaningful changes to client’s life (e.g. quality of life, client preferences) as important. Our data suggest while the majority of BCBAs think identifying effective treatments (past treatment effectiveness, overall health, client repertoire), treatment fidelity, and making meaningful changes in their clients’ lives (quality of life, client preferences) are important to consider when choosing an intervention, they under appreciate the importance of cost of treatments. Does this mean behavior analysis risks being viewed as a concierge industry? The client, family, and societal implications of ignoring the cost of treatment are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Exploration of the Role of Behavior Analysis in Skills Teaching for Intervention and Prevention of Problem Behavior Within Irish Preschools |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Holloway, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There are a number of empirically identified barriers to the successful progression of children through the educational system. Such risk factors are increasingly prevalent at the preschool stage with changes in the demographic backgrounds of children, increased language and economic diversity, as well as variance in family circumstances presenting various educational and behavioral challenges for children. Often times failure to teach children important life skills at this point can lead to future failures within educational settings and/or the development of ongoing problem behavior. The symposium will demonstrate the role of behavior analysis in the prevention of and intervention for problem behavior within Irish preschool settings. Across a series of studies, the presenters will discuss the impact of the preschool life skills (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) in teaching important learning readiness skills, the role of parents in supporting children learn the PLS, and the role of observational learning in acquiring such skills. Furthermore the research presented within the symposium explores the impact of the Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT, Wills et al., 2010) to target the emergence of problem behavior. Issues of generalisation and maintenance will be discussed within all of the presentations, as well as the specific application of the interventions within Irish preschools. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners working within preschool educational settings |
|
Evaluating the Preschool Life Skills Program in Irish Preschool and Home Settings |
CIARA GUNNING (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The preschool life skills (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) program has been developed to mitigate the risk factors for the development of problem behavior which are increasingly evident in preschool populations. The PLS program aims to teach 13 preschool life skills (important school readiness skills and common functionally equivalent skills to preschool problem behaviour) preventively and prepare children for success with later educational transitions. A groups design was used to evaluate the PLS program with 21 preschool children in early education services in Ireland. The study is further extended to demonstrate the role of parental involvement in intervention, within a series of single case research designs, which explore the important potential implications for improving intervention efficacy, acceptability and accessibility of the program within an Irish context. Across the studies, results indicated that teacher and parent-led implementation of the PLS program led to an increase in preschool life skills and a decrease in problem behaviour, and supported generalization of the target preschool life skills across home and preschool settings. The findings of the current research are significant in informing the development of parent training packages to support the delivery of school-based interventions for typically developing preschool children. |
|
Implementing Positive Behavior Support Within Preschool Settings: Group Functional Assessment and Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams |
Dearbhaile Mahon (National University of Ireland Galway), HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ciara Gunning (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Pr¬eschool is an important educational setting for child development and problem behavior is a prevalent barrier within this setting. Preschool teachers have expressed the need for evidence-based classroom management interventions to address problem behavior. Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT, Wills et al., 2010) is an intervention which incorporates social skills training, group contingencies and reinforcement to address problem behavior within classrooms. This intervention has been found to be socially valid by teachers and children, and effective in increasing children’s engagement, decreasing problems/problem behavior in elementary, kindergarten, first and second grade classrooms. The aim of the current study was to evaluate a modified CW-FIT as an effective strategy to address problem behavior within two community-preschools in Ireland across three preschool classes with 32 children. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed to evaluate the outcomes, with measures of generalization and maintenance also taken. Visual analysis of data revealed an increase in the children’s on-task behavior and social skills as well as a decrease in children’s problem behavior within these settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Behaviour Analysis of Theory of Mind: Conceptual and Applied Implications |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D. |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic, UK) |
I fell in love with behaviour analysis in 1996, when I began working as a tutor for a child with autism. Almost immediately I became interested in interventions that could both define and establish generalised learning: the ability to demonstrate novel responses within an operant class without each individual response having been previously reinforced. I was given the opportunity to explore this question when I worked as the Lead Clinician for the first UK-based EIBI outcome study (Remington et al., 2007) at the University of Southampton. Within that context, I developed the Early Behavioural Intervention Curriculum (EBIC) an intervention framework derived from functional analyses of language, which subsequently formed the principal focus for my Doctoral thesis (2011). My clinical and research interests eventually settled, and continue to be, on advanced applications of contemporary analyses of verbal behaviour (Horne & Lowe, 1996; Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011) as a basis for teaching generalised verbal repertoires, and, thereby, as a means of minimising the need to teach specific individual verbal responses. Currently, I divide my time between the UK, where I live, and Italy, my home country, where I teach behaviour analysis to postgraduate students at the University of Salerno and support professionals in developing effective interventions. |
Abstract: The term Theory of Mind has come to refer to a collection of responses that involve one’s ability to predict another person’s behaviour based on understanding that person’s perspective. One of the most studied topics in the field of psychology for the past 30 years, Theory of Mind is considered not only an important developmental milestone in childhood, but also a theoretical system to explain additional social and cognitive processes in both typical and atypical children and adults. Despite the importance of the topic, behaviour analysis has yet to provide a satisfactory account of Theory of Mind (i.e., of the variables that control the types of behaviour commonly held to denote Theory of Mind). In this presentation I set out to provide the beginning of such an account. Firstly, I will argue that Theory of Mind is not an “entity” that is either present or absent, but rather, is a developmental verbal process that begins in early childhood with the establishment of tacting public and private events during social interactions. Secondly, I will provide an analysis of the controlling variables of the component verbal skills that are said to denote Theory of Mind. Thirdly, I will illustrate a hierarchical sequence of instructional activities derived from such an analysis to establish perspective taking in children with autism, a syndrome with known deficits in these skills. The application of a teaching technology derived from a conceptual and experimental analysis both validates and extends the basic approach. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the verbal controlling variables involved in Theory of Mind Tasks; (2) provide a behavioural interpretation of perspective taking; (3) delineate a programme of instruction to establish component Theory of Mind skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why and How Behavior Analysis Can Use Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Disseminate Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2 |
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katherine J. Saint (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ) |
Discussant: Brad Brezinski (Florida Institute of Technology, Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program ) |
CE Instructor: Katherine J. Saint, M.A. |
Abstract: The dissemination of Behavior Analysis is vital to spreading the impact of behavior analytic strategies. Applied Behavior Analysis is best known for its work with Autism but can be useful in any domain. Dixon (2018) reports that in order to spread Behavior Analysis’ impact the field needs to offer technology that is useful and does not include jargon that is unapproachable to people outside the field. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy meets this criteria and has already been accepted in many fields. For example it’s use for behavioral improvement, medical conditions and staff training has been published in approximately 99 academic journals. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is based in Relational Frame Theory which has been accepted in the behavior analytic research for over 30 years. Other behavior analytic strategies support the processes of Acceptance and Commitment therapy such as motivating operations, contingency awareness training, and strategies to address the impact of delayed discounting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, RFT |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts and other practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will identify the principles of Behavior Analysis used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. 2. Learners will identify application methods of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy 3. Learners will identify the history and previous application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as well as the domains in which it is currently being used. |
|
How Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavior Analysis are Compatible |
(Theory) |
KATHERINE J. SAINT (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The mission of Behavior Analysis is to save the world. Dixon (2018) stated that the field has not yet reached this lofty goal created by B.F. Skinner in 1982. Dixon challenges Behavior Analysts to evaluate their own behavior to identify why there hasn’t been a bigger impact. Two examples of obstacles in the dissemination of Behavior Analysis include the amount of work Behavior Analysis has done with Autism and the language that Behavior Analysts use. Because of the amount of attention Behavior Analysis has gotten from the work in Autism treatment many people do not realize Behavior Analysis can be useful in other areas. Additionally people have a hard time implementing Behavior Analytic strategies because they do not understand the field’s jargon. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a potential solution to these obstacles. Lack of education on how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy uses Behavior Analytic principles may be limiting its expansion into mainstream Behavior Analytic practice. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy addresses the jargon barrier of the dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the misconception about Behavior Analysis only addressing Autism services because it uses everyday language and has already been accepted in many fields. Step one of addressing the barrier of using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a dissemination tool is educating Behavior Analysts on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, its uses and its application. |
|
Application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
(Service Delivery) |
BRAD BREZINSKI (Florida Institute of Technology, Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can be a useful tool for spreading Behavior Analysis. As of October 2018, ACT has been published in 99 journals according Web of Science (2018). These journals include but are not limited to the fields of Behavior Analysis, psychology, OBM, drug and alcohol abuse, sports, forensics, education, and medical fields. PsychInfo lists 1303 peer reviewed articles when searching “acceptance and commitment therapy”. Proquest lists 547 articles, PubMed lists 739 articles and Web of science lists 965 articles. Behavior Analysis is often thought of as only Autism treatment but ACT heavily demonstrates that Behavior Analysis is effective with many populations. Of the peer reviewed articles on ACT, more than 20 mental health diagnoses were addressed, more than 30 medical diagnoses were treated, relationship problems were resolved, attrition was reduced, therapy compliance was increased, extreme drug use was reduced, and behavior problems were eliminated. ACT has been shown to be effective for all ages. Medical doctors are often a referral source and much of the research on ACT includes pain management and other medical diagnoses. Because ACT is accepted by the medical field Behavior Analysts could use it as a referral source by using ACT in behavioral treatment. ACT is also useful to Behavior Analysts for staff training. ACT is accepted in Behavior Analysis because of its roots in Relational Frame Theory and other Behavior Analytic strategies. Because ACT is also accepted by many fields Behavior Analysts educating others on ACT and using act is a useful tool to help spread the use of Behavior Analysis and could potentially open up more funding sources for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Utility of Operant Conditioning to Address Poverty-Related Health Disparities |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
Kenneth Silverman has been in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine since 1989 and is currently a Professor in the department. His research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty, drug addiction, and HIV. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for the treatment of heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; financial incentives to promote adherence to antiretroviral medications and viral suppression in people living with HIV; the development of the therapeutic workplace intervention and the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence, adherence to addiction treatment medications, and employment; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty. |
Abstract: Poverty is a pervasive risk factor underlying poor health, including drug addiction and HIV. This presentation will review research on the utility of operant conditioning to address the interrelated problems of poverty, drug addiction, and HIV. Our research has shown that operant reinforcement using financial incentives can promote abstinence from cocaine and heroin in low-income adults with long histories of drug addiction and adherence to antiretroviral medications in low-income adults living with HIV. Our research has also shown that financial incentives are most effective when high-magnitude incentives are used, and that long-duration abstinence reinforcement can serve as an effective maintenance intervention. The utility of operant conditioning to promote behaviors needed to escape poverty is less clear, but research on an operant employment-based intervention called the therapeutic workplace shows some promise. In the therapeutic workplace, low-income or unemployed adults are hired and paid to work. To promote drug abstinence and/or medication adherence, employment-based reinforcement is arranged in which participants are required to provide drug-free urine samples and/or take prescribed medication to maintain access to the workplace and maximum pay. Because many low-income adults lack skills needed for gainful employment, the therapeutic workplace offers job-skills training and employment phases through which participants progress sequentially. Our research has shown that employment-based reinforcement within the therapeutic workplace can promote and maintain drug abstinence, medication adherence, work, and other adaptive behaviors that people need to move out of poverty. The therapeutic workplace could serve as a model anti-poverty program, particularly for people with histories of drug addiction or other health problems, although more research on the therapeutic workplace is needed that targets poverty directly. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how operant conditioning can be used to promote drug abstinence and adherence to medications; (2) describe parameters of operant conditioning that are critical to promoting drug abstinence in refractory patients and maintaining drug abstinence over time; (3) describe the main features of the therapeutic workplace; (4) describe how the therapeutic workplace uses contingent access to employment (i.e., employment-based reinforcement) to promote drug abstinence, medication adherence, work, and productivity; (5) describe three models for arranging long-term exposure to employment-based reinforcement in the treatment of drug addiction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Should We Be Selling Out and Commercializing Our Science?: The Stories of PECs, PEAK, and Chartlytics |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Matthew Cicoria, M.S. |
Chair: Matthew Cicoria (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC) |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State) |
Abstract: Research in the science of Applied Behavior Analysis has advanced over the last few decades. Despite our technological advancements, and the increases in certified professionals (BACB, 2018); the dissemination of effective procedures has not been widespread amongst front line workers, schools and service providers. Sharing the effective technologies from our research needs to be at the frontline of our dissemination efforts. The following talk describes the various efforts taken to disseminate effective technologies of the science of behavior through various commercial processes. The use of cutting edge technology and curriculum based programming in disseminating the science of Behavior Analysis will be discussed by this panel. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified individuals, Behavior Analysts in training, teachers, school administrators, and other practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: BACB |
Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Analysis, Dissemination, Evidence Based |
|
|
|
|
|
Delivering Behavior Analytic Consultation Services in Rural and Resource-Restrained Locales: An Exploration of Challenges and Outcomes |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Theodore A. Hoch, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Growth of the natural science of behavior analysis, and the credentialing of behavior analytic practitioners has accelerated over the last thirty years. The availability of services, however, has only unevenly kept up with the demand for service, with many areas of the world underserved, and many more unserved. In this symposium, we describe implementation of service provision at a distance in three venues. First, we describe providing distance based behavior analysis services to reach otherwise unserved service participants in largely rural Idaho. Next, we describe a combination of behavior analytic teaching and up-to-date technology to provide services to families of underserved children in urban, suburban, and rural Virginia, using an innovative web-based platform. Finally, we describe providing services from US-based behavior analysts to families of children with disabilities in Pakistan, using easily accessed internet platforms. We present outcome and satisfaction data which speak to the effectiveness of service provision in each ofd these modalities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavioral consultation, distance, rural, telehealth |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts and behavior consultants. Individuals providing services or supporting those that provide services to rural, unserved, or underserved populations. |
|
Delivering Behavioral Coaching and Consultation Services in Rural Idaho |
AUDREY ALBERSTADT (Boise State University) |
Abstract: With less than 40 certified behavior analysts in Idaho, and less than 20 registered behavior technicians (BACB, 2018) access to behavioral service delivery, coaching, and consultation can be constrained and compromised; especially in rural counties. Rural counties represent at least 80% of the state of Idaho. We examine a model for behavioral coaching and consultation practices. Machalicek, W., O'Reily, M. F. et al. successfully utilized videoconferencing technology to conduct functional analysis and develop classroom behavior supports. Our model also includes the use of video conferencing and telehealth technologies in order to address concerns for access to professional development and behavioral consultation services in the school setting. In utilizing our current model, challenges and concerns have arose. Some of these concerns include implementer and team buy-in for behavior change procedures, pairing procedures and rapport between consultant and team, and teams' access to video conferencing technology. Considerations for further modifications to optimize service delivery are presented. |
|
Behavior Analytic Distance Consultation in Pakistan |
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Adam Dreyfus (Sarah Dooley Center for Autism) |
Abstract: As a natural science, behavior analysis transcends cultures and societies. Indeed, it’s these naturally occurring contingencies that underlie cultures and societies. Our experiences in consulting and training in a variety of countries have been that parents of children with behavioral difficulties have the same sorts of questions, regardless of nation in which those parents live. Getting those questions answered, however, and getting help for these children is often difficult when there are few to no qualified behavior analysts in the countries in which these families reside. In this presentation, we discuss distance consultation to families in Pakistan, to include behavioral assessment, instruction, intervention, and parent training. We also discuss overcoming obstacles such as large differences in time zones, using technology that complies with relevant regulations (e.g., HIPAA), and respecting differing cultural and religious customs. Outcome data include measures of parent efficacy and child improvement. Suggestions for conducting this kind of consultation are offered. |
|
Helping to Solve the Autism Puzzle With AnswersNow |
ADAM DREYFUS (Sarah Dooley Center for Autism) |
Abstract: In 1968, Dr. Skinner laid out an elegant description of how to deliver effective instruction. Fast forward 50 years, and the field of behavior analysis has changed dramatically. There has been a huge proliferation of training programs, and there are more than 90,000 people in the world who are credentialed by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Applied behavior analysis has become a widely recognized, mainstream treatment modality for children and adults with a variety of disabilities. Ninety thousand credentialed professionals, however, is not enough to meet the need for behavior analytic services, and many go unserved or underserved, even in locations where behavior analysts may be relatively plentiful. AnswersNow combines Dr. Skinner’s technology of teaching with an innovative technology platform, leveraging technology with good, old-fashioned behavior analysis to deliver a first-of-it’s-kind service dedicated to improving the lives of children diagnosed with disabilities worldwide. We will share the results of early beta testing, parent survey results, ongoing data, and platform design. Implications for future uses of technology will be explored. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaviorally Based Approaches to Changing Behaviors of Addictions and Recovery: A Symposium to Honor Sherman Yen, Ph.D. |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kathryn M. Potoczak (Shippensburg University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Potoczak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Sherman Yen, PhD , founder of the Asian American Anti Smoking Association, student of Fred Keller, and one of the pioneer generation of Applied Behavior Analysts, among many other kudos, dedicated much of his career to applying Applied Behavior Analysis to addressing problems from addictions. We present work applying ABA to smoking cessation and recovery from opioid addiction. To honor that legacy, we present a symposium highlighting work applying ABA to change behaviors of addiction, and recovery, areas about which he cared passionately. Now more than ever opportunities to apply ABA to "mainstream" health behavior change |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): addiction, smoking cessation |
Target Audience: attendees who would like to apply ABA principles and methodologies to effect behavior change for patients with addictions, recovering from addictions, preventing relapse, as well as targeting behavior changes for family members. this symposium will be useful for those wishing to effect these changes in both professional as well as personal life situations |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to apply ABA principles to - behaviors and habits to promote smoking cessation - behaviors and habits of family members of recovering addicts - behaviors and habits of recovering addicts, using behavioral activation to "reanimate" recovering addict |
|
A Comparison of Contingency-Management Versus Feedback Alone for Smoking Cessation |
JOSEPHINE DRESS (Columbia University; Shippensburg University), Kathryn M. Potoczak (Shippensburg University) |
Abstract: The number of cigarettes smoked over five weeks was measured for four participants to determine if feedback only (FO), in the form of saliva cotinine levels, would be as effective a treatment for smoking cessation as contingency management (CM). After a one-week baseline, all participants were introduced to smoking reduction via a changing-criterion design, in which the allowed daily amount of cigarettes was 25% lower than their baseline level. Throughout the study, participants texted the daily amount of cigarettes smoked to a research associate. They also met with a research associate twice per week to have their saliva cotinine levels evaluated (values ranging from 0 to 6, 6 indicating high levels of nicotine in the saliva). Starting in Week Two, Participant A received one cash lottery draw for attending a meeting and received another draw if saliva cotinine levels were reduced from the previous meeting level (CM). Participants B-D simply received feedback regarding saliva cotinine levels (FO). Treatment continued for the next three weeks, with a 25% reduction targeted for each subsequent week, with a goal of complete cessation during the final week of treatment. While complete smoking cessation did not occur for any of the participants, all participants did reduce the daily number of cigarettes smoked from baseline levels, and results indicate that FO was as effective in producing this result as CM without the associated cost of the cash lottery. |
|
A Program Focused on Modification of Behaviors of the Family Members of the Post-Rehab Recovering Addict to Decrease the Likelihood of Relapse |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University; Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates, Hershey, PA; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation) |
Abstract: While the immediate family of the recovering addict is often the primary support system post discharge from a rehabilitation program, programs rarely are found to dedicate time to directly focus on making that home environment more reinforcing (and less likely to irritate the returning recovering addict to the point of leaving the home and relapsing) by deliberately focusing on identifying problematic behaviors of the family members, and modifying them to decrease the likelihood of problem interactions with the recovering addict, and increase the likelihood of continued building of stronger family relationships and patterns of behavior, thus decreasing the likelihood of being irritated by the family environment, and leaving to seek reinforcement elsewhere, possibly involving relapse. This presentation outlines a program in which in a systematic fashion deliberate attention is made to identifying past behavior and interaction problems within the family, and focus directly on changing those family member habits, and similarly, build upon prior family habits previously reinforcing. The applied behavior analyst is uniquely well positioned to apply the principles of behavior change in a robust fashion to the many habits that don’t simply go away by talking about them, thru the systematic application of techniques in the behavioral modification armamentarium including, but not limited to functional assessment, changing factors in the antecedent and consequent states, and directly modifying the topography of family member behaviors, as well as the differential reinforcement/punishment of competing, alternative, or incompatible behaviors. |
|
Behavioral Activation for Reanimation of the Recovering Addict |
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Penn State University; Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation) |
Abstract: Patients undergoing recovery from addiction, especially following an acute inpatient rehabilitation experience, often experience a period of time during which they are "spared" from typical daily activities, responsibilities, and reinforcers. During this time, particularly if living "back at home," demands on them are initially reduced, or non existent, but ideally should gradually increase, commensurate with ongoing successfulnhabit development, but too often, they don't do so. Unfortunately, for some patients, their families, their rehabilitation clinicians, their healthcare payers/insurers, the legal system, their friends, and other key stakeholders in their recovery, either in being well intentioned..or simply by not paying attention.., set up an environment sheltering them not only from responsibilities "too much for them to handle" at this time, but unfortunately also from the many natural consequences that would bring life back to them, shaping their behaviors, overt and private, to assist to return them to (ideally, improved versions of) their "normal" lives. While they might participate in some sort of outpatient "program," sadly the absence of a systematically implemented, reevaluated, revised, and increased set of responsibilities and actions expected of them within their family or other living situation, outside of their formal outpatient drug rehab program activities, can allow them, or arguably, cause them, to become "permanent teenagers," returning from their outpatient program activities to their home, where they can isolate themselves into their rooms, pajamas, snack foods, phone, computer, and up all night schedules of internet or video or game controller or tv reruns, often absent even much interaction with other family members in the house. Instead of focusing on "esteem building," behavioral activation robustly employed, with a goal of developing patterns of behavior useful to returning to a (more desirable) day to day life going forward, can get them showered dressed, out of their rooms, out of their houses, and into volunteer or part time job activities which will, if guided well, expose them to natural reinforces that will train them, rehabilitate them, reanimate them, redefine them, and reintegrate them into the (hopefully well chosen) worlds around them, and increase the likelihood they will be fortified against the stimuli, internal and external, that might lead them to emit behaviors of relapse. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Ethics: Home and Community, High Risk Behaviors, and Dealing With Your Decision |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Lindsay Hauer, M.A. |
Chair: Lindsay Hauer (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp. ) |
AMBER LINDEMAN (TxABA) |
AMY SULGER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp) |
LINDA S. MECKLER (Positive Behavior Supports) |
Abstract: Ethical guidelines provide a critical navigational tool for practitioners in order to ensure that they are delivering the highest ethical considerations possible to every client across all settings. In general, ethics and ethical dilemmas are not entirely compulsory, and while a general consensus may exist regarding standards, challenges arise regarding decision-making and application. In clinical practice, identifying ethical dilemmas are often evident to practitioners however; making ethical decisions that benefit all stakeholders across settings tends to be more difficult. In addition, providing highly ethical services for individuals who engage in dangerous behavior in the community provides a unique challenge and tests the limits of a behavior analyst’s decision-making abilities. In this discussion, the panelists will elaborate on their successes and challenges related to actively applying ethical models to uncommon, complex, and even life-threatening scenarios within the home and community based service setting. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: This panel is designed for current BCBAs, BCaBAs, and practitioners who are actively working in challenging situations, or are seeking additional information on aspects of working in the home/community setting. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe antecedent strategies for determining functions of challenging behavior in a community setting Participants will become familiar with treatment options that match determined functions and ensure safety Participants will become knowledge and applicable literature and research resources to guide future treatment planning and assessment Participants will be able to describe best practices and select most appropriate ethical treatment options based on behavior and contextual variables Participants will be able to describe reasons why behavioral assessment can be challenging in the community |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Beyond Autism: Developing Solutions Through Entrepreneurship and Design |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ryan O'Donnell, M.S. |
Chair: Ryan O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
ANESA DOYLE (8 the Plate) |
ERIN LUSBY-DONOVAN (Arrow Health and Wellness) |
ADRIENNE FITZER (The Applied Behavior Analysis Center, Inc. (ABAC)) |
Abstract: Entrepreneurs are those who create, develop, and improve. The entrepreneur may create an industry or jobs, improve upon current services or develop a product or service that serves a purpose or solves a problem. [Professional] entrepreneurs, like nurse entrepreneurs, pharmacist entrepreneurs or behavior analyst entrepreneurs are those that combine those characteristics with their specialization (Wilson, Whitaker, & Whitford, 2012). Common documented barriers to becoming an entrepreneur, regardless of one's profession, include cultural, ethical, legal, and financial constraints but also include the inability to spot opportunities. During this panel, 4 entrepreneurs will talk about "spotting an opportunity" outside of autism treatment, the development of their ideas, how they utilized their skills as trained behavior analysts in the development of the company, the barriers to implementation they face(d) and resources and supports that have allowed them to be successful. Conversation with the audience will include sharing other opportunities where behavior analyst entrepreneurs may provide a positive impact and discuss the importance of collaborating with other to make large-scale changes toward the greater good. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts looking to expand their expertise and service delivery into areas outside of autism treatment and EIBI work. |
Learning Objectives: Identify 4 areas for expanding outside of autism treatment. Identify 3 models for approaching a new market for service delivery. Identify 3 additional professionals or skill sets required to successfully enter novel industries. |
Keyword(s): Design, Entrepreneur, Fitness, Scalable |
|
|
|
|
|
Risky Business Roundup: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sorah Stein, M.A. |
Chair: Janani Vaidya (Garden Center Services) |
NICHOLAS ALEXANDER MAIO (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality, LLC) |
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA, RBTs, or those training to be any of these who are interested in building their competence around the topic of sexual behavior and ethical implications of interventons. Teachers, therapists, and other helping professionals are also welcome to attend. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel, attendees will be able to:
(1) state guidelines in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014) that are applicable to ethics of sexual behavior,
(2) state one way to assess their competency to intervene on a sexual behavior or behavior that appears sexual
(3) state at least one person in the field who is competent to consult on sexual behavior cases |
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
When Applied Behavior Analysis Goes to School: Lessons Learned From the Field |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Hamrick, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer Hamrick (Texas Tech University) |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University) |
KATHERINE WHEELER (Del Valle Independent School District) |
JON PETERSON (Norwich Public Schools) |
Abstract: While schools continue to adopt the use of behavior anlaytic principles into their teaching practices when working with students with developmental disabilities, the employment of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and their job descriptions in the school setting are quite diverse and vary with each school district. Teachers and paraprofessionals can benefit from the guidance and feedback provided by a BCBA but barriers do exist that prevent adequate time and resources for all levels of educators to access quality training. Buy-in from school administrators is sometime directly correlated with costs that includes materials, resources, and substitutes to cover classrooms when teachers and paraprofessionals leave for training purposes. Ethical considerations for BCBAs employed by the public school system will be discussed as well as future directions for providing schools with the education and tools necessary to give teachers and paraprofessionals the ABA training that they need. Representation from school systems across the US will present their schools' basic data and job descriptions for BCBAs in their districts, as well as how they disseminate the use of ABA to all levels of educators who work with individuals with developmental disabilities. This panel will discuss the need for BCBAs in the school system, challenges, and recommendations for job descriptions for districts employing BCBAs in their systems. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts of all levels employed by both schools and private companies that may consult/work in collaboration with public school systems. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the specific issues in school districts related to practicing as a BCBA in the public school setting. 2) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for job descriptions and job expectations for BCBAs in the public school setting. 3) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for everyday challenges BCBAs experience as part of their daily work in public schools. 4) Participants will be able to identify the benefits of BCBAs as part of school district staff for students, educators, school leadership, and parents. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding Mental Health as a Function of the Relative Fitness of Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2 |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Children's Center) |
CE Instructor: L L Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The term “mental health” is often used as a mentalistic explanation for aberrant behavior. Individuals who engage in temporally extended patterns of atypical behavior are considered to have a mental health disorder. But where in the body does mental health exist? Of what material is mental health made? And how could mental health, or impairments thereof, cause behavior? The behavior analytic literature has a long record of addressing psychiatric and psychological illnesses. However, the origins of such behavioral patterns still need further explaining, as a better understanding of mental health issues may lead to more efficacious treatments. Here we analyze mental health disorders as a function of the relative fitness of the elementary verbal operants. Using an evolutionary framework, we extend a model of stimulus control proportionality described by Mason and Andrews (2018) to analyze mental health as an issue of disproportionate stimulus control over verbal behavior. Implications for research and practices are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): mental health, proportionality, relative fitness, Stimulus control |
Target Audience: BCBAs and Psychologists |
Learning Objectives: By the end of the session, participants will be able to: - describe "mental health" as a disorder of stimulus control over verbal behavior - identify examples of response prepotency - discuss verbal behavior in terms of response populations |
|
Two Types of Verbal Behavior and a Pseudotype |
L L MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: The convergence of the organism’s genetic endowment, history of reinforcement, and present context serve as the locus of control over behavior. Over the lifetime of the organism, history is used to describe the population of responses that have led to the present form, which is further susceptible to refinement through contingency shaping. Just as mechanical behavior is selected by the relative ecological fitness of the environment, verbal behavior is also susceptible to relegation by context. Undoubtedly, verbal behavior is governed by ontogenic contingency shaping. However, here we present a phylogenetic framework for functionally analyzing verbal behavior, and argue that the relative fitness of one verbal operant is determined in part by the liminal intensity of other verbal operants. Analogous to competition between individual and group selection in biological evolution, verbal behavior that benefits the individual (i.e., mands) are in competition with verbal behavior that benefits the group (i.e., tacts). A functional speaking repertoire is premised upon the behavioral evolution of each verbal operant in proportionate strength to one another to serve as a measure of relative fitness. Accordingly, verbal behavior functions to extend the speaker’s control over the physical environment across geographically and temporally extended reinforcement relations. |
|
The Verbal Operational Analyses of Psychiatric Symptoms of Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Notwithstanding the utility of the Reiss Screen for Maladaptive Behaviors (RSMB) and the Diagnostic Manual- Intellectual Disability (DM-ID) 2, identifying contributing psychiatric factors for the purpose of providing residential and outpatient services for individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD) with challenging behavior can be ineffective. While biomedical treatments generally represent primary interventions, this can be at the expense of adaptive functioning and quality of life for this population, particularly when the sedating side effects of some psychotropic medications can potentially further suppress the performance and learning of individuals with IDD. The efficacy of operant conditioning to address psychotic behavior has long since been demonstrated; the analysis of the verbal behavior of psychiatric patients initiated in the 1950s; the investigation of behavioral mechanisms of psychopathology commenced. Relevant to IDD, it is often difficult to determine if challenging behaviors are psychiatric symptoms since diagnosing mental disorder in patients with IDD can be the direct result of deficits of verbal behavior, i.e., mands, tacts, and intraverbal, as well as listener responding. Verbal operant analyses can be particularly significant for the development of behavioral interventions addressing the behavior challenges of individuals with IDD. |
|
Identifying Verbal Behavior Patterns Through Programmatic Language Analysis |
DON DAVIS (CAST Tech) |
Abstract: This study provides an initial examination of programmatic language analysis tools in identifying patterns of language usage related to the discussion of autism (cf. De Smedt & Daelemans, 2012). Using publicly available data, researchers identified words commonly collocated in discussion of autism, ‘sentiment’ frequency (or 'emotional valence' e.g. Critchfield, Becirevic, & Reed, 2017), and programmatically identifiable relational frames (github.com/ianhussey/simpleNLP). This exploratory study highlights the potential of modern programmatic methods including natural language processing and data visualization for exploring, identifying, and discussing various trends in the verbal behavior surrounding autism and other communicative disorders. This presentation will provide a quick walkthrough of the automated datamining, data cleaning, and data parsing process. Then the automated analyses methodology will be briefly explained with a discussion of locating and utilizing the software tool chain. Findings will be presented with a focused discussion on implications for future research. The presentation will conclude with a next step analysis of how these modern methods will be used to quantify and expand the SCoRE framework (Mason & Andrews, 2018) for categorization of other verbal behavior disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Persistent Productivity: Strategies to Maintain a Work-Life Balance |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A. |
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University) |
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge) |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University) |
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Across academic and clinical settings, behavior analysts are tasked with completing a wide variety of responsibilities. The number of duties in these settings can make it difficult to prioritize personal well-being. However, if the quality of life is not maintained, then the quantity of productivity may not persist. The purpose of this discussion is to offer insights and experiences to help graduate students and professionals be successful in their careers while preserving personal lives. This professional development series panel will highlight the unique challenge of balancing a productive career, while maintaining a preferred quality of life. The presenters in this panel include prominent leaders in the field of behavior analysis. Across their years of experience, all three panelists have developed flourishing professional careers, while developing personal interests outside of the field. The presenters will offer invaluable insights to achieving professional and personal goals, during graduate school and after. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students and professionals |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe importance of maintaining work-life balance for behavior analysts. 2. State methods to measure and evaluate achievement of personal and professional goals. 3. Describe factors influencing the difficulties in maintaining a productive professional career. |
Keyword(s): Graduate school, Productivity, work-life balance |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Address: The Heart of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 27, 2019 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Peter Killeen, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Address: The Heart of Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: I begin by thumbnailing the vision statements of the recent presidents of ABAI, where I find important commonalities and consilience with my sense our field, its history and possible futures. All presidents worried about the fractionation of behavior analysis, and believed that productive cross-fertilization among those fractions was decreasing. Many worried about our stature in the larger community of behavioral scientists, and the lack of cross-talk with them; some were concerned about the health of the basic science itself. Several pointed to the importance of developing new research and practice endeavors, extending the reach of behavior analysis to complex interactions among individuals in natural settings, and crafting new analytic tools to capture those. I review the heart of behavior analysis in futures past—those visions that made us a strong and effective scientific and therapeutic force during the 20th century—our Baroque and Classical years—and our Modernist aspirations for the 21st. I ask what we must do to keep our rhythm, to maintain our dynamism—now that that future is upon us. My tentative answers have several parts and action plans, with most addressing the shared concerns of the presidents. They include explorations of both the cities of the interior, and the countryside of the exterior; the development of a science of selection by antecedents to complement that of selection by consequences; and, because much of what researchers and practitioners do is as much art in the service of science and practice as textbook science or technology—finding ways to begin to understand and foster the artistic aspects of our crafts. |
|
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
|
 Dr. Peter Killeen is professor emeritus at Arizona State University; he has also been visiting scholar at the University of Texas, Cambridge University, and the Centre for Advanced Study, Oslo. He is a Fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, a Senior Scientist Awardee from NIMH, a president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior (from which organization he received the Poetry in Science Award), held the American Psychological Association F. J. McGuigan Lectureship on Understanding the Human Mind (!), and received the Ernest and Josephine Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper on hypnosis (!!). Dr. Killeen has made many innovative and fundamental contributions to the experimental and quantitative analysis of behavior. His major work includes the development of incentive theory, culminating in the mathematical principles of reinforcement (Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 1994), and the behavioral theory of timing (BeT: Psychological Review, 1988), and a new theory of ADHD. He is the author of 200 peer-reviewed papers, most of which have been cited; a few ignored; a couple cursed. He has served on the boards of editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Processes, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, Psychological Review, Brain & Behavioral Functions, and Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews. Dr. Killeen's quantitative and conceptual developments have enriched behavior analysis and the world beyond. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: After enduring this over-hyped but in retrospect amazingly worthwhile hour, you will be able to (or at least be inspired to, and expect me to question you about):
- Identify the awardees of the 2019 fellows and councilors and what they have accomplished;
- Say why we so much admire what they have given to our field.
- Pick one of them and select their virtues to emulate, and describe how you will do that. Heroes are very, very important; not for them, but for you and your community. Please do this real-time as they are presented. Defend your sentiment with the person to the right of you. (If you are left-handed, to the left of you).
- Argue with peers over:
- The role of emotions in the science of behavior.
- How we can begin to formulate a science of selection by antecedents.
- Whether Art has any place in Science; are they Part and Parcel—or different Magisteria.
- Contemplate which of the possible futures of behavior analysis is best for your aspirations. Formulate those aspirations in one sentence. Make them happen.
|
|
|
|